M/S. GUJARAT MARITIME BOARD

DRAFT TERRESTRIAL ENVIRONMENTAL

IMPACT ASSESSMENT

Dec’ 2018

M/S. GUJARAT MARITIME BOARD (Incorporation of service jetties and allied facilities at

Rozi Pier Port, Jamnagar, Gujarat)

PREPARED BY

M/s. SV ENVIRO LABS & CONSULTANTS

Visakhapatnam

Phone: 0891-2755528, Fax: 0891-2755529

Email: [email protected]

Recognized by MoEF, and QCI –Accredited, S.No.145

DRAFT TERRESTRIAL ENVIRONMENTAL

IMPACT ASSESSMENT

For

Incorporation of service jetties and allied facilities

At

Rozi Pier Port, Jamnagar, Gujarat

(October, 2018)

PREPARED BY

M/s. SV ENVIRO LABS & CONSULTANTS

Visakhapatnam

Phone: 0891-2755528, Fax: 0891-2755529


Recognized by MoEF, and QCI –Accredited, S.No.145

DECLARATION BY PROJECT PROPONENT

Gujarat Maritime Board (GMB) has conducted the “EIA study on

Incorporation of service jetties and allied facilities at Rozi Pier Port,

Jamnagar, Gujarat”.

The EIA report preparation has been undertaken in compliance with the ToR

issued by MoEF&CC. Information and content provided in the report is factually

correct for the purpose and objective for such study undertaken.

We hereby declare the ownership of contents (information and data) of EIA/EMP

report.

For on behalf of Gujarat Maritime Board

Signature:

Name: Mr. Atul A. Sharma

Designation: Deputy General Manager - Environment

DECLARATION BY EIA CONSULTANT

EIA study on “Incorporation of service jetties and allied facilities at Rozi Pier

Port, Jamnagar, Gujarat”.

This EIA report has been prepared by SV Enviro Labs & Consultants, in line with EIA

Notification, dated 14th September 2006, seeking prior Environmental Clearance from the

Ministry of Environment, Forests and Climate Change, New Delhi.

This work has been undertaken in accordance with ISO 9001:2008 Quality Management

System with all reasonable skill, care and diligence within the terms of the contract with the

client, incorporating our General and Terms & Conditions of Business and taking account of the

resources devoted to it by agreement with the client.

We disclaim any responsibility to the client and others in respect on any matters outside the

scope of the above.

Further, this report is confidential to the client and the use of this report by unauthorized third

parties without written authorization from SV Enviro Labs & Consultants shall be at their own

risk.

For and on behalf of SV Enviro Labs & Consultants

Approved by : M. Murali Krishna

Sign :

Designation : Managing Partner

DECLARATION BY EIA CONSULTANT

Declaration by Experts contributing to the EIA for “Incorporation of service jetties and

allied facilities at Rozi Pier Port, Jamnagar, Gujarat”.I hereby, certify that I was part of the

EIA team in the following capacity that developed the above EIA.

EIA Coordinator: In-House

Name: Shaik Kasim

Signature:

Date:

Period of Involvement: December’ 2017 to February’ 2018

Contact Information: M/s. SV ENVIRO LABS & CONSULTANTS

Enviro House, B-1, B-Block, IDA,

Auto Nagar, Visakhapatnam-12

Phone: 0891-2755528, Fax: 0891-2755529


Functional Area Experts:

S.No Functional

Areas

Name of the Expert Category as per NABET

Involvement

(Period and task**)

Signature and Date

1 AP * M. Murali Krishna

V. Hema Latha

(TM)

K. Anitha (TM)

A Air Pollution monitoring, prevention & control

2 WP * M. Murali Krishna

V. Hema Latha

(TM)

A Water Pollution monitoring, prevention & control

3 SHW * Shaik Kasim

K. Anitha

A Solid waste management

4 SE * Dr. B. Vijay

Bhaskara Rao

A Socioeconomic studies

5 EB * Dr. M. Tarakeswara

Naidu

A Ecology and Bio-diversity

6 HG * Dr. G.V.A

Ramakrishna

A Hydrology

7 GEO * Dr. G.V.A

Ramakrishna

A

Geology

8 SC * D. Sunder Rao

Dr. M. Tarakeswara Naidu (TM)

A Soil conservation

9 AQ * M. Murali Krishna

A Air quality modelling

10 NV * M. Murali Krishna A Noise and vibration

11 LU * Jada Srinivasa Rao A Land use studies

12 RH * Shaik Kasim

V. Hema Latha

(TM)

A Risk and hazard study

Declaration by the Head of the Accredited Consultant Organisation / Authorized person

I, M. Murali Krishna, hereby, confirm that the above mentioned experts prepared the EIA report

as per the projects inputs prepared by GMB for the proposed “Incorporation of service jetties

and allied facilities at Rozi Pier Port, Jamnagar, Gujarat”.

I also confirm that the consultant organization shall be fully accountable for any misleading

information mentioned in this statement.

Signature:

Name: M. Murali Krishna

Name of EIA Consultant Organization: M/s. SV ENVIRO LABS & CONSULTANTS

Enviro House, B-1, B-Block, IDA,

Auto Nagar, Visakhapatnam-12

Phone: 0891-2755528, Fax: 0891-2755529


[DRAFT TERRESTRIAL ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT] GUJARAT MARITIME BOARD

1

Executive Summary

INTRODUCTION

Gujarat Maritime Board (GMB) is the first maritime board of India, established in the year 1982

as a statutory organization of Government of Gujarat (GoG), under the Gujarat Maritime Act

1981. It was established for facilitating the port development, privatization, manage, control and

administer the intermediate and minor ports in Gujarat in the way of specialized cargo handling

approach.

GMB has explored many unexplored routes for the development of ports in India, with a vision

“to enhance and hardness ports and international trade as vehicles for economic development”.

The Rozi Pier- a port of Group of Ports is classified as Minor Port situated in Jamnagar. The

port has capability to explore both commercial and geographical advantages. Bedi Group of

Ports offers an ideal location for handling agricultural products, coal, and bauxite. Among the

fertilizer products, fertilizer and its raw materials are generated imported through this port. The

Rozi Pier is a part of Group which is situated in Jamnagar itself which is about 275 km from

Ahmedabad in Gujarat.

M/s. Gujarat Maritime Board has appointed SV Enviro Labs & Consultants, Visakhapatnam for

preparation of EIA Report for proposed project in order to seek Environmental Clearance. SV

Enviro Labs & Consultants is a QCI-NABET accredited EIA consultancy organization for

“Ports, Harbours”. Obtained ToR Vide F.No: 10-44/2017-IA.III Dt: 07.09.2017.

Existing infrastructure

Total 800m long water front available for lighterage working at Rozi Pier Port. Out of that total

500m water front was developed by constructing wharf/Jetty with adequate back up area.

Following berthing facilities were developed by GMB in early 90’s.

Status berthing facilities Length Draft available Cargo handling capacity in MMTA

CC Block wharf (Western Part)

100.0m 2.5m 1.5

Gap (Abandoned work for CC Block wharf)

300.0m 2.5m 1.5 (can be handled if there would have been wharf)


2

RCC Piled Jetty (Eastern Part)

400.0m 2.5m 2

Total 800.0m 2.5m 5

Project Proposal

Gujarat Maritime Board proposes for incorporation of service jetties and allied facilities at Rozi

Pier Port, Jamnagar, Gujarat. The proposed facilities are:

(i) To the existing 400m piled jetty and 100m wharf will be expanded by having

additional 300m wharf by reclamation and CC Block wall.

(ii) Construction of boat jetty of 105m length and 7m (which includes 50m marine

police jetty, 30m forest jetty, 25m GMB jetty) and backup area of 56.3sq.m with

78m of retaining wall and approach bond of 230m length and 7m wide.

(iii) Development of 1000m x 30m backup area.

Project Location

The proposed wharf terminal is located at Rozi Port, Tal: Jamnagar, Dist: Jamnagar, Gujarat

along the Saurashtra coastal region facing Arabian Sea in the west coast India. The latitude and

longitude of the site is 22°34´1.68"N and 70°2´23.94"E respectively.

Total anticipated cargo for whole 800.0m water front is considered about 6 million ton per

annum. Hence, for 400.0m pile jetty, 3 MMTA is considered and rest 400.0m wharf wall, 3

MMTA is considered.

Backup area behind berthing facilities is developed by reclamation for cargo stacking and to

create other relevant facilities like mechanized handling, storage area etc.

The process development of Rozi Pier started before 1989. As a part the process, 400.0m wharf

to handle about 3 million metric ton cargo per annum was planned on the traffic demand of

experienced at that time based on the technical guidance of Central Water & Power Research

Station, Pune. The wharf facility as planned for lighterage operation with natural depths of

about -2.5 at Chart Datum. Out of these 400.0m wharf length, contractor abandoned the work

due to contractual dispute with GMB and only 100.0m wharf (now operated by M/s Ruchi

Infrastructure in western side) was able to be completed and remaining 300.0m waterfront was

left unattended by the contractor at that time in line with existing pile jetty having length of


3

400.0m in eastern side. Thus, the proposed landing facility admeasuring 300.0m in water front

length at Rozi Pier which will be created by filling the gap between existing wharf having

100.0m waterfront (Ruchi Infrastructure) and existing pile jetty of 400.0m length. Net filing of

this gap will be 300.0m x 170.0m breath by reclamation in back up and construction of CC

Block wall as waterfront will constitute to 300.0m wharf facility will increase about 1 million

TPA capacities. In fact, this is a proposal to reconstruct a abandoned work of wharf of 300.0m

shall increase cargo handling facility of the terminal of total 400.0m long wharf for 3 MMTA.

Map showing the location of Rozi Pier Port facility

Structure of EIA Report

The Environmental Impact Assessment Documentation has been prepared in terms of EIA

notification of the MoEF dated 14-9-2006, as amended on 1st Dec 2009, 4th April 2011 and

approved ToR for seeking Environmental Clearance for M/s Gujarat Maritime Board, for


4

incorporation of service jetties and allied facilities at Rozi Pier Port, Jamnagar, Gujarat falling

under Category –A.

Description of Environment

The coastal environment of the Rozi Pier port area forms an integral part of the Gulf. Hence, the

knowledge of the general hydrography and ecology of the Gulf is necessary for comparing the

site-specific environmental conditions with that of the parent body. The Gulf which occupies an

area of 7300km2 has maximum depth that varies from 20m at the proposed project to 60m in the

central areas of the outer Gulf.

Based on the ToR approval, the baseline environmental settings have been studied by

undertaking one season terrestrial monitoring and one season marine monitoring within the study

area of 10km radius from project site boundary. The study area represents the details of the

environment in the 10km radius from the boundary of the proposed project site. The study area

has been divided into two; core zone and buffer zone. The area that covers the 5km radial

distance around the project site is considered as the core zone and the area that covers the 5km to

10km from the boundary of project site is considered as the Buffer zone. For collecting primary

data collection. 10km study area has been considered and the secondary data has been collected

for 10 km study area.

The primary baseline environmental conditions were mentioned during the period of December’

2017 to February’ 2018. The environmental conditions were analysed by collecting the sample

data for air & meteorology, noise, water, soil, terrestrial ecology, flora & fauna, marine

physiology, marine biology and socio-economic environment. The terrestrial monitoring and

marine monitoring has been carried out in the study area during winter season.

Terrestrial Environment

As per our seeking towards areas of critical concern for environmental control such as flood

plains and wetlands, energy resource development and production areas, wildlife habitat,

recreational lands and areas such as major residential and industrial development sites, we

require the analysis of Land Use Land Cover for the proposed project.The following prominent

land use classes &pattern have been observed:


5

LULC Statistics Sl No LULC_Class Area (Ha) Area (%)

1 WaterBodies 1736.52 6% 2 Settlment 1424.28 5% 3 Sea 10200.92 32% 4 RoadNetwork 1598.84 5% 5 Open Scrub 1483.68 5% 6 Agricultural Fallow Land 1290.34 4% 7 Mangrove Swamp 6012.68 19% 8 Mud 2616.22 8% 9 Dry Land 2213.11 7%

10 Saltpan 2112.68 7% 11 Fallow Land 812.68 3%

31501.94 100.00

The pH of the soil is an important property; vegetation cannot grow in low and high pH value

soils. The normal range of pHin the soils are 6.0 to 8.5. The pH values in the study area are

varying from 7.40 to 8.04 indicating that the soils are falling slightly alkaline soil.

Nitrogen encourages the vegetative development of plants by imparting a healthy green color to

the leaves. The available Nitrogen as N in the study area is varying from 52.4 to 65.4 kg/ha. This

is less for crops when compared with soil standards.

Phosphorus influences the vigour of plants and improves the quality of crops. In the study area

available, Phosphorus was found in varying quantities of 16.2 to 28.1 kg/ha. This is an less level

when compared to soil standards.

Potassium enhances the ability of the plants to resist diseases, insect attacks, cold and other

adverse conditions. The available potassium in the study area varies between 48.5 to 52.4 mg/kg.

This is less level for crops.

To evaluate the baseline ambient air quality status, one season data was generated at ten

locations in and around the port including residential & rural area for a period of three months

from December’ 2017 and February’ 2018. During the monitoring period the concentration of air

pollutants namely PM10, PM2.5, SO2, NOx,CO in ambient were measured.The highlights of the

results are as below:


6

Summary of Analysis of Ambient Air Quality in the Study Area

Parameter PM10(µg/m3) PM2.5(µg/m3) SO2(µg/m3) NOx(µg/m3)

Monitoring Station

No.

of s

ampl

es

Max

imum

Min

imum

Mea

n

98th

per

cent

ile

No.

of s

ampl

es

Max

imum

Min

imum

Mea

n

98th

per

cent

ile

No.

of s

ampl

es

Max

imum

Min

imum

Mea

n

98th

per

cent

ile

No.

of s

ampl

es

Max

imum

Min

imum

Mea

n

98th

per

cent

ile

A1 26 81.5 66.8 73.0 81.1 26 43.2 32.6 38.3 42.9 26 18.5 15.1 16.9 18.5 26 17.4 14.6 15.9 17.2

A2 26 68.2 55.1 62.3 67.7 26 33.6 24.6 28.5 32.8 26 16.9 14.1 15.6 16.9 26 15.6 13.1 14.7 15.6

A3 26 63.4 52.1 58.2 62.8 26 27.6 22.4 24.7 27.3 26 16.2 13.2 14.4 15.9 26 15.3 12.3 13.8 15.1

A4 26 64.2 54.8 59.8 63.5 26 29.4 23.9 27.3 29.3 26 15.9 13.6 14.7 15.9 26 15.2 13.4 14.4 15.2

A5 26 66.5 57.2 62.4 66.2 26 29.3 24.2 27.1 29.3 26 15.4 13.5 14.4 15.4 26 14.6 12.5 13.7 14.6

A6 26 65.8 58.7 62.2 65.8 26 31.4 24.1 27.7 31.1 26 16.2 13.1 14.7 16.1 26 15.8 12.5 14.0 15.6

A7 26 67.2 55.9 60.7 66.0 26 34.2 20.9 27.9 32.9 26 15.8 13.2 14.4 15.7 26 14.9 12.6 13.8 14.9

A8 26 68.2 56.8 63.4 68.2 26 31.5 24.1 27.5 31.2 26 16.4 12.9 14.6 16.3 26 15.9 13.5 14.6 15.9

A9 26 81.5 66.8 73.0 81.1 26 43.2 32.6 38.3 42.9 26 18.5 15.1 16.9 18.5 26 17.4 14.6 15.9 17.2

A10 26 68.2 55.1 62.3 67.7 26 33.6 24.6 28.5 32.8 26 16.9 14.1 15.6 16.9 26 15.6 13.1 14.7 15.6

NAAQS 100(µg/m3) 60(µg/m3) 80(µg/m3) 80(µg/m3)

Note : Carbon monoxide were monitored at all locations and were found < 0.5mg/m3


7

Ambient noise levels were measured at eight locations in and around the plant site. Noise levels

varied from 50.2 LeqdB(A) to 70.3 LeqdB(A) during day time and 39.9 to 65.9 Leq dB(A)

during night time.

All the results observed where within the specified CPCB Standards. The variation in the noise

level may be attributed to the movement of vehicles on the surrounding local roads adjacent to

the port.A little increase in the noise level during construction phase has been envisaged.

During the study period, the pH of the groundwater was found varying between 7.20 and

8.20.The total dissolved solids (TDS) were found to be varying between 1485 mg/l and 2486

mg/l.The Chloride levels were ranging from 461 – 862 mg/l, hardness was found to be varying

from 300 mg/l to1230 mg/l, fluoride values were found to be within a range of 0.01 mg/l to 0.07

mg/l.

According to Champion and Seth's, vegetation in study area falls under Tropical dry forest. This

type of forests occurs in a much localized manner in small pockets. The most dominant trees in

this region are Prosopis juliflora,Acacia nilotica, Acacia Senegal and other trees are Balanites

aegyptiaca, Azadirachta indica, Ficus sp, Bordi (Zizyphus mauritiana) etc.

During the floristic survey of study area, a total of 136 plant species wererecorded consisting of

18 trees, 69 herbs and 9 shrubs and 14 climbers, 24 Grasses. The list of different plant species

(trees, shrubs, herbs, climbers and Grasses) recorded during field survey is enlisted. The most

common species found instudy area are Azadirachta indica, Ficus bengalensis, Ficus religiosa,

Eucalyptus sp. and Tamarindus indica. Dominant family of plants recorded in study area are

Poaceae, Fabaceae, Mimosaceae, Caesalpiniaceae Amaranthaceae, and Convolvulaceae.The list

of different plant species (trees, shrubs, herbs, climbers and Grasses) recorded during field

survey is enlisted.

There are no major wild mammals in the study area of 10 km radius buffer zone where as 9

mammals’ species were recorded from the study area. Among the 9 mammals, 2 species are

schedule II, 1 species is schedule III, 4 species are schedule IV and 2 species is schedule V

category.

Avi-fauna identified in the study area includes Asian koel, Black winged stilt, Black drongo,

black ibis, common coot, cormorants etc.

A primary perception survey was conducted to predict the intended and unintended

consequences in the study area. A method of survey was administered for this study. In this


8

connection, samples of 100 participants are participated from the villages of bed, Naghedi

Matva, Chnadraga, Bavariay have been collected by covering various (See table -) age groups,

communities, gender, educational qualification, nature of work, economical status and other

major variable. in this connection, respondents were asked for their awareness/opinion about the

project and also of their opinion about the impacts of the project which is an important aspect of

socioeconomic environment viz. job opportunities, education, health care, housing,

transportation facility and economic status. Apart from the demographical and other primary

information, the survey questionnaire was focused on 41 items with 6 major dimensions such as:

1) Economical; 2) Public Infrastructure and services; 3) Social/cultural; 4) Environmental; 5)

Health and well-being 6) Psychological/personal.

Anticipated Environmental Impacts and mitigation measures

During operation phase, fugitive dust emissions from dry bulk cargo storage yards, vehicular

emissions are the major sources of pollutants that influence the ambient air quality. To determine

the pollution load in the atmosphere, ISCST3 was used with an assumption of 95% pollution

controlled using dust suppression system. The peak predicted increment load of PM2.5 was 42.9

µg/m3, PM10 was 81.5µg/m3. The higher concentration of PM10 was contributed by the loading

and unloading of cargo that happen in and around the saltpans areas which are 2 km away from

the proposed project.

Impact on noise environment due to port operation is assessed as per ISO 9613 and the results

were found insignificant outside the port limits.

No extraction of ground water and waste water generated from the bathing and washing of the

construction workforce will be properly treated before disposal. Skid mounted sewage treatment

plant of adequate capacity will be used for treatment of waste water. Treated water shall be used

for sprinkling purpose, if it meets the prescribed land disposal requirements.

The proposed facilities shall be installed within the premises of Rozi pier port. There is no

additional point and non-point source of emission or discharge of pollutants except DG and fire

pumps hence, no adverse impact on the biological environment is envisaged due to the proposed

project activities and operation.


9

Environmental Monitoring Program

An Environmental Management Plan (EMP) is an implementation plan consisting of mitigation

measures, Environmental monitoring program and institutional measures which are required to

be adopted during the construction and operation phases to minimize adverse environmental and

social impacts.

To maintain the environment in good condition, periodic environmental monitoring program has

been suggested for various activity involved during construction and operation phase. A

monitoring schedule with respect to Ambient Air Quality, Waste water quality, Noise Quality

prepared as per SPCB/CPCB/MoEF & CC guidelines.

Environmental Management Plan

Environmental Management Plan (EMP) is planning and implementation of various pollution

abatement measures for any proposed project. The EMP lists out all these measures for planning

phase, construction phase and operational phase of the port.

The proposed project shall be designed taking into account all the legislations/rules and as per

the directives of Environmental clearance documents.

The control of Environmental pollution during construction phase even though for a shorter

period is of vital importance. The required mitigation measures with complete details have been

considered in order to develop effective mitigation measures.

The Environmental Management Plan during the operational phase of the port shall therefore be

directed towards the following:

Air Emissions Management

Control of Noise

Waste water management

Waste Management

Dredged materials management

Hazardous material and oil management

Biodiversity management

Green belt development

Energy conservation measures

Environment Management Cell


10

PROJECT BENEFITS

The proposed project “Incorporation of service jetties and allied facilities” is expected to bring

economic, social and environmental benefits to the town and surrounding areas during the

construction and operational phases. This project is proposed to increase the cargo handling

capacity of the port in order to meet the increasing demand of raw materials in the nearby

industrial areas. This would result in generation of revenue for the government in terms of taxes

from the proposed project and resultant industrial development from the proposed project.

The proposed project proposes to create direct opportunities for both skilled and unskilled jobs

during the construction and operations phase. The backward and forward linkages will also lead

to indirect employment generation to support the project. The project will require procurement

and vendor networks for products and services, transport etc and hence there should be

additional revenue generation for local vendors and suppliers in Jamnagar.

This is expected to create short to medium-term employment opportunities for a considerable

number of personnel. Approximately 200 persons would be required of unskilled, semi-skilled

and skilled nature during construction phase. Although skilled workforce coming from outside

the immediate area will undertake some proportion of the work, the project will try to offer

employment to people of Jamnagar.

The proposed Rozi Pier Port developed by Gujarat Maritime Board which will take up some

community welfare activities under Corporate Social Responsibility (CSR) and also improve the

social infrastructures like education and health care system etc.

Project Cost:

The total cost of the project – Rs. 71.15 Crores and time of completion is 24 months after

obtaining Environmental Clearance and Coastal Regulatory Zone clearance from MoEF&CC and

obtaining Consent to Eastablishment (CTE) from GPCB.


11

INDEX

S.No TITLE PAGE No. 1 Executive Summary 1

Chapter -1:- Introduction 1.0 Introduction 19 1.1 Port History 19 1.2 Location of the project 19 1.3 Facilities available at Rozi Pier Port 21 1.4 The initiatives 21 1.5 Proposed project development 21 1.6 Applicability of CRZ 25

1.7 Site connectivity 25 1.8 Legal cases 26 1.9 Need for the EIA study 26

1.9.1 Study area for EIA 26

1.9.2 Methodology for EIA study 26

1.10 Limitations 27

1.11 Chapters and structures of this report 27

Chapter -2 :-Project Description 2.0 Project Description 29 2.1 General Description of Port 29

2.1.1 Existing infrastructure 29 2.2 Type of project 30 2.3 Proposed location 31 2.4 Backup area available for infrastructure Development 32 2.5 Berthing operation conditions 33 2.6 Design of the 300m long wharf 33 2.7 Construction material 33

2.8 Navigation Configuration 34 2.9 Cargo Potential 34

2.10 Port facilities planned 35 2.11 Port connectivity and road networking 35 2.12 Government of India policy for Coastal shipping 36 2.13 HTL/LTL Demarcation 36

2.14 Availability of water its source, energy /power requirement and source

36

2.14.1 Water requirement 36 2.14.2 Energy/Power requirement 37 2.15 Quantity of wastes to be generated and scheme for their 37


12

management/disposal

2.15.1 Solid waste generation & its disposal 37 2.15.2 Liquid effluent 37 2.16 Employment generation 37 2.17 Need for the project to the country 37

2.17.1 Demand-supply gap 37 Chapter -3: Analysis Of Alternatives

3.1 General 38 3.2 Alternate Sites 38

Chapter -4:-Description Of The Environment 4.0 Introduction 39 4.1 Study Area 40 4.2 Methodology of Eia Study 40 4.3 Micro-meteorological data 42

4.3.1 Site specific met data 44 4.4 Air environment 46

4.4.1 Existing ambient air quality 50 4.5 Water environment 52

4.5.1 Surface and ground water quality assessment 52 4.5.2 Selection of sampling locations 52 4.5.3 Sampling techniques 54 4.5.4 Groundwater quality 56

4.6 Soil environment 59 4.6.1 Selection of sampling locations 60 4.6.2 Sampling and analytical techniques 60 4.6.3 Summary of soil analysis data 63 4.7 Noise environment 64

4.7.1 Identification of sampling locations 64 4.7.2 Methodology 64 4.7.3 Description Of Locations 66 4.7.4 Summary Of Noise Levels 66 4.7.5 Observations 68 4.8 Geomorphology 69 4.9 Seismicity And Associated Hazards 70

4.10 Hydrogeology 71 4.10.1 Depth To Water Level 72 4.10.2 Long Term Water Level Trend 73 4.11 Biological Environment 74

4.11.1 Introduction 74 4.11.2 Objectives 75 4.11.3 Ecologically Sensitive Zone 75

4.11.3.1 The Gulf Of Kutch Marine National Park And Sanctuary 75 4.11.4 Study Area 76


13

4.14.5 Terrestrial Ecology 78 4.14.6 Methodology 78

4.14.6.1 Floral Survey 78 4.14.6.2 Faunal Survey 80 4.14.7 Observations 82

4.14.7.1 Floral Characteristics 82 4.14.7.2 Faunal Diversity 87

4.14.7.2.1 Mammals 87 4.14.7.2.2 Domestic Animals 88 4.14.7.2.3 Birds 88

4.14.7.2.4 Herpetofauna 93 4.15 Land Use/Land Cover 97

4.15.1 Introduction 97 4.15.2 Study Area 97 4.15.3 Social Infrastructure 98 4.15.4 Surrounding Features 98

4.15.5 Data Acquisition 98 4.15.5.1 Topographical Data 98

4.15.5.2 Satellite Data 98

4.15.6 Methodology 98

4.15.7 Flow Chart Of Methodology 101

4.15.8 Land Use Map Analysis 101

4.15.9 Spatial Data From SOI Topographical Sheets 102

4.15.10 Map For Project Location On Toposheet 102

4.15.11 National Park/Wild Life Sanctuary/Reserve Forest Within 10 Km

Radius Of The Project

106

4.15.12 Map For The Land Use Land Cover In The Study Area 106

4.15.13 Map For The Digital Elevation Model And Contour In The Study

Area

109

4.15.14 Impacts& Mitigation Measures 109 4.16 Socio Economic Environment 112

4.16.1 Overview 112 4.16.2 Demographicstructure 112 4.16.3 Literacy & Education 114 4.16.4 Health 115

4.16.5 Livelihood 116 4.16.6 Community Perception 117 4.16.7 Infrastructure Facilities In The Study Area 118


14

4.16.8 Education 118 4.16.9 Water Facility 118

4.16.10 Communication And Transportation 118 4.16.11 Power Supply 118 4.16.12 Medical/Primary Health Care 118 4.16.13 Economic attributes 119 4.16.14 Health Status 119 4.16.15 Cultural And Aesthetic attributes 119 4.16.16 Community Perception And Impact Of Various Domains 120 4.16.17 Economical Impact 120 4.16.18 Social & Cultural Impacts 120 4.16.19 Health & Wellbeing Impacts 121 4.16.20 Public Infrastructure & Services 121

4.16.21 Psychological And Personal Impact 121 4.16.22 Other Impact Factors Of Socio-Economic environment 122

4.16.22.1 Construction phase 122 4.16.22.2 Operational phase 122 4.16.23 Need Assessment: 122

Chapter -5:- Impacts &Mitigation Measures

5.1 Introduction 126 5.2 Impact on air environment 126

5.2.1 Construction phase 126 5.2.2 Operation Phase 127 5.2.3 Mitigation Measures 127 5.3 Impact on noise environment 128

5.3.1 Construction phase 128 5.3.2 Operation Phase 129 5.3.3 Mitigation Measures 129 5.4 Impact on water environment 129

5.4.1 Construction phase 129 5.4.2 Operation Phase 130 5.4.3 Mitigation Measures 130 5.5 Impact on land environment 130

5.5.1 Mitigation Measures 131 5.6 Impact due to solid/Non-Hazardous domestic waste generation 131

5.6.1 Mitigation Measures 131

Chapter -6:-Environmental Management Plan 6.1 Introduction 132 6.2 Environment Management System 132

6.2.1 Management Commitment 133 6.2.2 Environmental Impacts Identification and EMP Formulation 134 6.2.3 Organization Structure, their Roles and Responsibilities 134


15

6.2.4 Roles and Responsibilities during Construction and Operation 135 6.2.5 Inspection and Monitoring 136 6.2.6 Environmental Management Audits and EMP Reviews 136 6.2.7 Reporting and Documentation 137 6.2.8 Environmental Statement 138 6.3 EMP during Construction Phase 138 6.4 Air Emissions Management 139

6.4.1 Construction Phase 139 6.4.2 Operation Phase 139 6.4.3 Dust 140 6.5 Control Of Noise 141

6.5.1 Construction Phase 142 6.5.2 Operation Phase 142 6.6 Waste Management 142

6.6.1 Construction Phase 142 6.6.2 Operation Phase 142 6.6.3 Health & Safety Management System 143 6.8 Waste Management Plan 143

6.8.1 Port Sewage and Storm water management 143

6.8.2 Waste Management during Construction and Operation Phase 144

6.9 Green Belt Development Plan 145

6.9.1 Selection of species for plantation 145

6.10 Environmental Management Cost 147

Chapter -7:- Environmental Monitoring Programme 7.1 Environmental Monitoring: 148 7.2 Environmental Monitoring and Evaluation Program 148 7.3 Monitoring Schedule for Environmental Parameters 149

Chapter -8:-Project Benefits

8.1 Introduction 153 8.2 Overall benefits 153

8.2.1 Government Revenues 153 8.2.2 Economic Benefits 153 8.3 Benefits During Construction And Operation Phase 153

8.3.1 Employment & Other Benefits 153 8.3.2 Community Services 154 8.4 Social Benefits of the Project 154

8.4.1 Corporate Social Responsibility (CSR) of Rozi Pier Port 154

Chapter -9:- Summary & Conclusions 9.1 Summary & Conclusions 155


16

Chapter -10:-Disclosure Of Consultant Engaged 10.1 About SV Enviro Labs & Consultants (SVELC) 156 10.2 Services Offered By SV Enviro Labs & Consultants 156

TABLES

S.No Name of the Table PAGE No. Chapter -2:- Project Description

2.1 Berthing facilities were developed by GMB in early 90’s 29

2.2 Details about Project Site 31 2.3 Construction material required for reclamation of the backup

area

33

2.4 Details of cargo handled at Rozi Pier Port 34

Chapter -3:- Description of Environment 4.1 Summary of Methodology for Primary Baseline Data Collection 41

4.2 Secondary baseline data 42 4.3 Summary of Meteorological Data at near IMD observatory-

Jamnagar 42

4.4 Meteorological data of project site 43

4.5 Techniques and Detectable limits for Ambient Air Quality

monitoring

47

4.6 Location of Ambient Air Quality Monitoring Stations 48

4.7 Summary of analysis of Ambient Air Quality in the study area 49

4.8 Details of water sampling locations in the study area 53

4.9 Standard Operating Procedures (SOP) for water sampling 54

4.10 Analytical techniques for water analysis 55

4.11 Ground Water Quality of the Study Area 57

4.12 Analytical techniques for Soil analysis 60 4.13 Standard soil classification 61

4.14 Details of soil samplings 62

4.15 Summary results of soil samples 62 4.16 Details of noise samplings 65

4.17 Noise levels in the study area 66

4.18 Estimating quantitative structure and composition of plant 79


17

communities

4.19 Sampling techniques used for faunal study 81 4.20 List of flora recorded in the study area 82 4.21 List of mammals reported in the study area of buffer zone 87

4.22 Domestic animals in the study area 88 4.23 List of birds observed in the study area 89

4.24 Checklist of Herpeto fauna encountered in the study area 94

4.25 List of butterflies in the study area 95

4.26 Project Surrounding Features 98 4.27 Land use land cover statistics of buffer zone 108

Chapter -6:- Environmental Management Plan

6.1 Species Identified for Plantation 146 6.2 EMP Budget 147

Chapter -7:- Environmental Monitoring Programme

7.1 The monitoring schedule for construction and operation phases 149

ANNEXURE

Annexure-1: HTL-LTL Mapping

Annexure-2: Andhra University Letter

Annexure-3: CWPRS Report


18

FIGURES

S.No Name of the Figure PAGE No. Chapter -1:- Introduction

1.1 Location map of Rozi Pier Port 20 1.2 Google map showing Rozi Pier Port 20 1.3 The site photographs of existing Rozi Pier 22

Chapter -2:- Project Description 2.1 Rozi Pier Port site layout 30

Chapter -4:- Description of Environment 4.1 Google image of 5km and 10km radius of the proposed project 40 4.2 Wind rose for the period of December’ 17 to February ‘18 45 4.3 Location map of Ambient Air Quality monitoring 47 4.4 (A-D). Graphical representation of n PM10, PM2.5, SO2 and

NOx 51

4.5 Google map showing water sampling locations 53 4.6 Soil types of Jamanagar district 59 4.7 Locations for monitoring noise levels 65 4.8 A&B. Noise levels in the study area 68 4.9 Geological resources of the Jamnagar district 69

4.10 Seismic map of India 70 4.11 Map showing depth to water level 73 4.12 Photographs of study area 78 4.13 Field survey and data collection in the proposed project areas 81 4.14 Aquatic birds of resident and local migratory category 93 4.15 Butterflies encountered in the study area 96 4.16 Satellite image with site location in 10 km radius 100 4.17 10 km radius of topomap 103 4.18 Showing roads, railways, built-up area in 10 km radius area 104 4.19 Showing water bodies in the 10 km radius area 105 4.20 Showing land use in the 10 km radius area 107 4.21 Graphical presentation of Land use Land Cover statistics 108 4.22 Showing contours in the 10 km radius area 110 4.23 Showing Digital elevation model in the 10 km radius are 111 4.24 Main worker employment Pattern of working population in the

study area, District Jamnagar, Gujarat 114

Chapter -6:- Environmental Management Plan 6.1 Organizational Chart for Implementation of EMP during

Operation Phase 135


19

1. INTRODUCTION

Gujarat Maritime Board (GMB) is the first maritime board of India, established in the year 1982

as a statutory organization of Government of Gujarat (GoG), under the Gujarat Maritime Act

1981. It was established for facilitating the port development, privatization, manage, control and

administer the intermediate and minor ports in Gujarat in the way of specialized cargo handling

approach.

GMB has explored many unexplored routes for the development of ports in India, with a vision

“to enhance and hardness ports and international trade as vehicles for economic development”.

1.1. Port History

The Bedi group of Ports, Jamnagar is operated under the Port Officer, Gujarat maritime Board,

Jamnagar. The group of ports includes Salaya, Sikka, Bedi Old Port, New Port, Rozi Pier

Project, Sachana and Jodia. Among these ports Salaya and Jodia has landing facilities and

Sachana has ship recycling yards. Some of these ports have been in operation since more than

pre-independence time.

The Rozi Pier- a port of Group of Ports is classified as Minor Port situated in Jamnagar. The port

has capability to explore both commercial and geographical advantages. Bedi Group of Ports

offers an ideal location for handling agricultural products, coal, and bauxite. Among the fertilizer

products, fertilizer and its raw materials are generated imported through this port. The Rozi Pier

is a part of Group which is situated in Jamnagar itself which is about 275 km from Ahmedabad

in Gujarat.

1.2. Location of the project

The proposed wharf terminal is located at Rozi Port, Tal: Jamnagar, Dist: Jamnagar, Gujarat

along the Saurashtra coastal region facing Arabian Sea in the west coast India. The latitude and

longitude of the site is 22°34´1.68"N and 70°2´23.94"E respectively.

The location map showing the Rozi Pier Port facility is presented in below Figure 1.1 and the

Google Map showing the existing Rozi Pier port facility is presented in Figure 1.2.


20

Fig. 1.1. Location map of Rozi Pier Port

Fig 1.2. Google map showing Rozi Pier Port


21

1.3. Facilities available at Rozi Pier Port



Following berthing facilities were developed by GMB in early 90’s.

Status berthing facilities Length

Draft

available

Cargo handling capacity in

MMTA

CC Block wharf (Western

Part) 100.0m 2.5m

More than 8 MMTA (for handling

agricultural and food products,

fertilizer, coal, bauxite and other

minerals etc.)

Gap (Abondened work for

CC Block wharf) 300.0m 2.5m

RCC Piled Jetty (Eastern

Part) 400.0m 2.5m

Total 800.0m 2.5m

1.4. The initiatives

Gujarat Maritime Board had planned and developed port terminal comprises of 800m long

berthing structure with backup area to facilitate cargo handling at Rozi Pier site of Bedi port in

the early 90. Out of 800m long waterfront, only 500m long berthing structure could be

constructed and rest 300m long waterfront was made abandoned by the contractor.

Due to contractual and other issues, the abandoned work remained incomplete and reclamation in

this 300m gap could not be done in time. As can be seen from the layout the reclaimed area on

front side of the gap, which is venerable to open sea and strong current. Moreover, the area is

subjected to continuous phenomena, the smaller particles of reclamations escape from the voids

of the peripheral bund, which adversely affect the reclaimed area and likely to give a way to

settlement elsewhere, which could be the critical situation from safely point of view of the

reclaimed area. It is also a technical requirement to close the gap suitability and fill the area at

present the existing berthing facilities.

1.5. Proposed project development

Proposed CC block wall and reclamation at Rozi Pier in Bedi group of ports, Jamnagar


22

i) Existing 400m piled jetty and 100m wharf will be expanded by having additional

300m wharf by reclamation and CC Block wall.

ii) Construction of 105m length X 7m wide jetty (which includes 50m marine police

jetty, 30m forest jetty, 25m GMB jetty), backup area (56.3m2) along with 78m

retaining wall and approach bund of 230 m length X 7m wide

iii) Construction of 1000m X 30m backup area for smooth handling of cargo in

environmentally safe and sound manner.

Existing Cargo handling capacity: 6 MTPA

Proposed cargo handling capacity: 2 MTPA

Total Cargo handling capacity: 8 MTPA

The site photographs of existing Rozi Pier Port facility and proposed project site is presented

in below Figure 1.3.

Existing road connectivity to Rozi Pier Port to Jamnagar


23

Existing port harbour area used for anchoring barges and fishing boats

Proposed to filling the gap between existing wharf having 100.0m waterfront and existing

pile jetty of 400.0m length


24

Existing jetties in the Rozi Pier Port

Existing conveyor system for cargo handling in the Rozi Pier Port

Temporary cargo storage at berthing area covered with tarpaulin sheets


25

1.6. Applicability of CRZ

The proposed projects also attract CRZ Notification on Coastal Regulation Zone (CRZ) 2011,

which provides Coastal Regulation Zone (CRZ) and regulating activities i.e. imposing

restrictions on industries, operations and processes in the CRZ area. CRZ is defined as all coastal

stretches of seas, bays, estuaries, creeks, rivers and back waters which are influenced by tidal

action (in the land ward side) up to 500 m from the High Tide Line (HTL) and the land between

the High Tide Line and Low Tide Line (LTL). The HTL means the line on the land up to, which

the highest water line reaches during spring tide. As per CRZ notification it is necessary to

obtain CRZ clearance from Ministry of Environment and Forest, New Delhi, prior to any

developmental activity in CRZ area. Rozi Pier Port had been appointed Anna University (MoEF

authorized agency for HTL/LTL demarcation) for the preparation of CRZ map as per the

requirement of CRZ notification, 2011 for obtaining CRZ clearance.

The Results and deliverables as per the CRZ Mapping is as follows:

1. HTL (Creek) with a buffer of 100m and Mangroves with a buffer of 50m.

2. Small portion of Mangroves have been noticed in the southern part of the proposed site.

3. The proposed Marine police, Forest and GMB Jetties as well as proposed back up area and

proposed retaining wall falls in CRZ IVA. The part of the proposed bund is in CRZ IVA and

remaining is in CRZ IB.

4. The proposed retaining wall and CC Block wall are in CRZ IVA. However, the proposed belt

construction is in CRZ IB.

1.7. Site connectivity

Jamnagar is well connected by rail to other districts of the state such as Rajkot, Surat,

Porbandhar, Ahmedabad and Vadodara.

The district also well linked to major Indian cities like Mumbai, Delhi, Varanasi, Uttaranchal and

Jamnagar.

There is a 355 km long coastline in the district with 9 ports. Bedi, Okha and Sikka are

intermediate ports while Salaya, Jodiya, Pindhara, Bet (Dwaraka) are minor ports.

Bedi port is connected by broad gauge railway line with the rest of India. The nearest railway

station is Jamnagar, 7 km away from the Bedi port. A railway siding is available at 2km from the


26

port. It is connected to National Highway from Rajkot. Nearest airport is Jamnagar, which is 17

km away from port.

1.8. Legal cases

There are no litigations pending against the project and/or land in which the project is proposed

to be set up.

1.9. Need for the EIA study

The proposed waterfront facility within the existing Rozi Pier Port is falling under the

permissible activities in the CRZ area that attracts section (i)(a) & (f) of CRZ Notification 2011

as, “clearance shall be given for any activity within the CRZ only if it requires waterfront and

foreshore facilities’ and ‘construction and operation for ports and harbors, jetties, wharves,

quays, slipways, ship construction yards, breakwaters, groynes, erosion control measures’.

1.9.1. Study area for EIA

In line with the Standard Terms of Reference (ToR) and additional ToRs prescribed by the

MoEF&CC vide ToR F.no: 10-44/2017-IA-III Dt: 07.09.2017, the study area for this EIA study

is a zone comprising a 10km radius around the proposed project.

1.9.2. Methodology for EIA study

The study area of 10 m radius from the proposed project site was considered for the EIA study,

using the coordinates. For all major environmental components, primary data was generated and

compared with available historical/published information for assessment of various

environmental components to develop Environmental Management Plan (EMP).

Land use pattern was mapped within 10 km radius from the proposed site using GIS II remote

sensing maps. Baseline monitoring program was undertaken during Dec’17 to Feb’18 to

establish the background air quality, ground water quality, soil quality, noise levels, marine

water and sediment quality in the study area. Site specific meteorological data was collected

during study period from the weather station installed at project site. Terrestrial and marine

ecology survey was carried out within the study area during the study period.


27

Impact assessment of various environmental components have been carried out using standard

EIA tools and techniques with appropriate input of primary and secondary baseline data to

determine the significance of the impact. Various activities those are envisaged during

construction and operation phase of the proposed project were evaluated for its significance.

Based on the impacts, proper Environmental Management Plan (EMP) has been prepared, to

reduce the significance of the impact if any.

1.10. Limitations

This EIA report has been prepared based on the MoEF guidelines and Terms of Reference (ToR)

issued by MoEF vide Lr. F.No: 10-44/2017-IA-III Dt: 07.09.2017.

1.11. Chapters and structures of this report

The present technical prefeasibility study report is organized into following chapters by

addressing all the project as well as environmental aspects as per the guidelines of EIA

Notification 2006, CRZ Notification 2011 by Ministry of Environment, Forest & Climate

Change (MoEF&CC).

Chapter 1- This chapter describes the background and need for the study as per ToR along with

the brief description of nature, size and location of the project as well as its importance to the

region and country.

Chapter 2- This chapter describes the detailed information on the size, location of the project

including project layout, technology and process involved, proposed schedule for approval and

implementation.

Chapter 3- This chapter describes the analysis of alternatives

Chapter 4- This chapter describes the existing baseline environmental conditions of the

terrestrial components inclusive of land use and land cover along with the base maps of all the

components, socio-economic condition of the study area.

Chapter 5- This chapter explains the anticipated positive and negative environmental impacts

due to the project location, construction and operation. The significance of the impacts will be

analysed in order to provide the mitigation measures so as to reduce the impacts of the

environment.


28

Chapter 6- This chapter explains Environmental Management Plan for the environmental

components during both construction and operation phases of the project.

Chapter 7- This chapter provides the Environmental Program to monitor various environmental

parameters including air quality, noise levels, seawater quality, sediment, groundwater quality,

sediment movement etc. during the construction and operation phases.

Chapter 8- This chapter presents summary and conclusions.


29

2. PROJECT DESCRIPTION

2.1. General Description of Port

Rozi Pier Port facility situated at the latitude and longitude of the site is 22°34´1.68"N and

70°2´23.94"E respectively, at Jamnagar Tehsil, Jamnagar District, Gujarat along the Saurashtra

coastal region facing Arabian Sea in the west coast India. The Bedi Group Port, Jamnagar is

operated under the Port Officer, Gujarat Maritime Board Jamnagar. The group of ports consists

of several landing facilities right from Salaya, Sikka, Bedi Old Port, New Port, Rozi Pier Project,

Sachana and uptoJodia. The groups of ports under Bedi Port have been in operation since more

than pre-independence time. The Rozi Pier is a port of Bedi port is classified as Minor Port. The

port has capability to explore both commercial and geographical advantages. Bedi Group of

Ports offers an ideal location for handling agricultural product, coal and bauxite. Among the

fertilizer products, fertilizer and its raw material are generated imported through this port. The

Rozi Pier is a part of Group which is situated in Jamnagar itself which is about 275 km from

Ahmedabad in Gujarat.

2.1.1. Existing infrastructure



Following berthing facilities were developed by GMB in early 90’s (Table 2.1.).

Table 2.1. Berthing facilities were developed by GMB in early 90’s

Status berthing facilities Length

Draft

available

Cargo handling capacity in

MMTA

CC Block wharf (Western

Part) 100.0m 2.5m

1.5

Gap (Abondened work for

CC Block wharf) 300.0m 2.5m

1.5 (can be handled if there would

have been wharf)

RCC Piled Jetty (Eastern

Part) 400.0m 2.5m 2

Total 800.0m 2.5m 5


30

Total presently 5000.0m long berthing facilities are available at Rozi Pier site. Out of that

1000.0m berth was constructed by using CC blocks as gravity type structure and remaining

400.0m was constructed by providing cast in situ bore pile structure. So existing capacity for

Cargo handling of the Rozi Pier can be considered as 3.5 MMTA in absence of 300.0m CC

Block as proposed to be constructed now which are shown in Figure 2.1.

Fig 2.1 Rozi Pier Port site layout

2.2. Type of project

The scope of the project is to include the following proposed activities:

a. To the existing 400m piled jetty and 100m wharf will be expanded by having additional 300m

wharf by reclamation and CC Block wall.


31

b. Construction of Boat Jetty of 105m length and 7m (which includes 50m marine police jetty,

30m forest jetty, 25m GMB jetty) and backup area of 56.3 km2 with 78m of retaining wall and

approach bund of 230m length and 7m wide.

c. Development of 1000m x 30m backup area.

2.3. Proposed location

The proposed project is within the existing Rozi Pier Port

The co-ordinates of the project location is as follows:

Latitude : 22°34´1.68"N

Longitude : 70°2´23.94"E

Table 2.2 Details about Project Site

Name of the Project Rozi Pier Port

Capacity Proposed facilities

Proposed CC block wall and reclamation at Rozi Pier in Bedi group

of ports, Jamnagar

iv) Existing 400m piled jetty and 100m wharf will be expanded

by having additional 300m wharf by reclamation and CC

Block wall.

v) Construction of 105m length X 7m wide jetty (which includes

50m marine police jetty, 30m forest jetty, 25m GMB jetty),

backup area (56.3m2) along with 78m retaining wall and

approach bund of 230 m length X 7m wide

vi) Construction of 1000m X 30m backup area for smooth

handling of cargo in environmentally safe and sound manner.

Existing Cargo handling capacity: 6 MTPA

Proposed cargo handling capacity: 2 MTPA

Total Cargo handling capacity : 8 MTPA

Location of the project

District & State Jamnagar, Gujarat

Tehsil Jamnagar


32

Village Rozi Pier

Climatic conditions

Maximum Temperatures 430C

Minimum Temperatures 120C

Maximum rain fall 1000 mm

Predominant wind direction SE

General location details

Nearest city Jamnagar

District headquarters Jamnagar

Nearest railway station Jamnagar Railway Station - 8.0Km

Nearest Airport Jamnagar Airport - 11.45 km

Archaeological/Historically

important site

None within 10km radius

Nearest Reserved Forest Nil

Nearest sensitive areas National Marine National Park & Sanctuary, Jamnagar within 1 Km

Nearest Water Bodies Arabian sea

2.4. Backup area available for infrastructure Development

Location Size

Behind CC Wharf 100m x 200m

Behind RCC Jetty 400m x 200m

Total anticipated cargo for whole 800.0m water front is considered about 6 million ton per

annum. Hence, for 400.0m pile jetty, 3 MMTA is considered and rest 400.0m wharf wall, 3

MMTA is considered.

Backup area behind berthing facilities is developed by reclamation for cargo stacking and to

create other relevant facilities like mechanized handling, storage area etc.

The process development of Rozi Pier started before 1989. As a part the process, 400.0m wharf

to handle about 3 million metric ton cargo per annum was planned on the traffic demand of

experienced at that time based on the technical guidance of Central Water & Power Research

Station, Pune. The wharf facility as planned for lighterage operation with natural depths of about

-2.5 at Chart Datum. Out of these 400.0m wharf length, contractor abandoned the work due to


33

contractual dispute with GMB and only 100.0m wharf (now operated by M/s Ruchi

Infrastructure in western side) was able to be completed and remaining 300.0m waterfront was

left unattended by the contractor at that time in line with existing pile jetty having length of

400.0m in eastern side. Thus, the proposed landing facility admeasuring 300.0m in water front

length at Rozi Pier which will be created by filling the gap between existing wharf having

100.0m waterfront (Ruchi Infrastructure) and existing pile jetty of 400.0m length. Net filing of

this gap will be 300.0m x 170.0m breath by reclamation in back up and construction of CC

Block wall as waterfront will constitute to 300.0m wharf facility will increase about 1 million

TPA capacities. In fact, this is a proposal to reconstruct a abandoned work of wharf of 300.0m

shall increase cargo handling facility of the terminal of total 400.0m long wharf for 3 MMTA.

2.5. Berthing operation conditions

The bed level along the proposed wharf is about -2m, hence, the barges are plied during high tide

only which are limiting conditions. The extreme conditions loads scenario includes full

wave/wind designated forces with no ship present and with loaded ship.

2.6. Design of the 300m long wharf

Following dimensions of the wharf are given

Length: 300.0m

Width: 8m at foundation base

Structure: PCC Block wharf wall

Maximum Bollard Capacity: 2T

Bollard Spacing: 10 c/c

2.7. Construction material

The following material need to reclamation of the backup area in Rozi Pier Port (Table 2.3)

Table 2.3. Construction material required for reclamation of the backup area

S.No. Items Quantity Source

1 "C" Class Rubble stone 160000 MT KharaBeraja Village

2 Course Rubble Black (5 to 50 kg) 100000 MT KharaBeraja Village

3 Quarry Riprap 6600 Cum KharaBeraja Village


34

4 Filling material 570000 Cum Dichada Village

5 Cement 15000 MT Approved dealer

6 Aggregates 20000 Cum Approved dealer

7 Sand 17000 Cum Approve river source

8 Water 1000 KL Private well outside CRZ area

2.8. Navigation Configuration

Anchorage is about 5 km away from the proposed facility. The proposed construction will be

solid concrete block with rubble back filling. The facility will be capable of loading and

unloading @ 2000 to 2500 DWT dry Cargo through barges. The depth of water at chart datum

along the proposed wharf is 2.5m during all state of tide.

The tidal range if this region is as follows:

Mean higher of spring water 5.94m

Mean higher of neap water 5.39m

Mean lower of spring water 1.89m

Mean lower of neap water 1.04m

Mean sea level 3.60m

The above values are with reference to the Chart Datum of the place in Gulf of Kachchh. The IN

Chart No 2027 is applicable for this area.

2.9. Cargo Potential

If the landing facility at Rozi Pier Port is made operative, annually, total about 3 more million

tons of bauxite may be handled from this facility. GMB and State Government may get revenue

about Rs 10.0 Crores from the cargo handling. Mainly Bauxite, food grains and fertilizers are

handled at Rozi Pier Port. The details of cargo handled at Rozi Pier Port are given in Table 2.4.

Table 2.4. Details of cargo handled at Rozi Pier Port

S.No. Year Cargo in MMTPA

1 2004-05 1.52

2 2005-06 2.90

3 2006-07 2.49

4 2007-08 2.89


35

The above traffic figure shows the current traffic handling status which is far below the total

traffic handling capacity of the terminal which is about 5 MMTPA for whole 800m but existing

waterfront available is 500.0m (100.0m Ruchi Infrastructure Wharf and 400.0m pile jetty)

leading to 3.5 MMTPA available hence looking to the existing status of handling of cargo as

seen in the above table, it can be said that Cargo handling status is lower than existing capacity

of whole terminal.

So long as 300.0m wharf construction is concerned, it is therefore proposed to increase capacity

of the terminal by 1 to 1.5 MMTPA.

2.10. Port facilities planned

There may be enough numbers of self-propelled and dumb barges having 2000 T capacity

available for carrying out lighterage operation. For unloading the cargo from the barges, grab un-

loaders, the bulk materials are discharged in the barges. Since the location of the Rozi Pier Port

is no human habitation even within the 5 km radius, hence cargo dusting would be temporary

problems are not being complained by any locals however, in case of bauxite and sometime coal

imports, enough water sprinkling is carried out.

2.11. Port connectivity and road networking

Detail road Measurements Details

Approach road from New Port Junction 1200m two lane Black top surface

Approach bund 1800m two lane Black Top Surface

Behind backup area 400m single lane Flexible pavement (Paver

block

Rozi Pier Port situated 3km from Valsura-New port approach road. Total 3400m long road

network developed to sustain the present and future port traffic. Total 3000m long having black

top surface two lane road with proper lighting arrangement is available. 400.0m long road in

7.50m in width with flexible pavement was developed to connect berthing points. The present

approach road joining the proposed 300.0m CC Block will have enough capacity to

accommodate the trucks traffic as the road is designed and planned for total 800.0m waterfront

facilities.


36

2.12. Government of India policy for Coastal shipping

At present, Government of India through their Shipping Ministry is promoting Sagar Mala

project in which Coastal Shipping is encouraged. The development & operational activities are in

line with Government of India’s strategic planning, therefore if the landing place is made

operative, which may contribute to handle larger quantity of cargo shipping.

2.13. HTL/LTL Demarcation

Rozi Pier Port had been appointed Anna University (MoEF authorized agency for HTL/LTL

demarcation) for the preparation of CRZ map as per the requirement of CRZ notification, 2011

for obtaining CRZ clearance. The Results and deliverables as per the CRZ Mapping is as

follows:

5. HTL (Creek) with a buffer of 100m and Mangroves with a buffer of 50m.

6. Small portion of Mangroves have been noticed in the southern part of the proposed site.

7. The proposed Marine police, Forest and GMB Jetties as well as proposed back up area and

proposed retaining wall falls in CRZ IVA. The part of the proposed bund is in CRZ IVA and

remaining is in CRZ IB.

8. The proposed retaining wall and CC Block wall are in CRZ IVA. However, the proposed belt

construction is in CRZ IB.

2.14. Availability of water its source, energy /power requirement and source

2.14.1. Water requirement

Water requirement for the proposed project construction will be 23.5 KLD for domestic use and

200 KLD for industrial purpose during operational phase is required. During construction phase

20 KLD of water will be required. This requirement will be met through private water tankers

available in and around Jamnagar city.

S.No. Water consumption Break-up Quantity

1 Domestic 23.5 KLD

2 Industrial purpose 200.0 KLD

3 Construction purpose 20.0 KLD

Total water consumption (Construction & operation phase) 243.5 KLD


37

2.14.2. Energy/Power requirement

Port being an operational area, power requirement is met through the supply from Jamnagar city,

GEB Grid-400-500KW.

2.15. Quantity of wastes to be generated and scheme for their management/disposal

2.15.1. Solid waste generation & its disposal

Solid waste from office, operational area etc will be disposed as per the rules. Whereas, waste

engine oil, lubricants will be disposed through authorized recyclers.

2.15.2. Liquid effluent

No liquid effluent will be generated from the proposed project. Domestic waste water generated

will be treated before disposal.

2.16. Employment generation

The proposed project will generate direct employment and indirect employment for in tune of

more than 500 people.

2.17. Need for the project to the country

The proposed projects are the development of infrastructure facilities needed for export/import of

goods which are essential for economic development of the region in environmentally safe and

sound manners as well as requirement of providing service jetties to other departments of

government like forest, marine for various activities.

2.17.1. Demand-supply gap

There is a demand of development of infrastructure facilities for export of various goods like

minerals/finished goods by various existing industries situated in and around Jamnagar region.


38

3. ANALYSIS OF ALTERNATIVES

3.1 General

M/s Gujarat Maritime Board proposes to existing 400m piled jetty and 100m wharf will be

expanded by having additional 300m wharf by reclamation and CC Block wall, Construction of

Back up area of 1000m length and 105m length jetty with back up area and remaining wall at

Rozi Pier Village, Jamnagar Tehsil & District. The ultimate cargo handling capacity will be @

16.8 MMTPA. The present site for the projects is selected based on the following considerations:

a. Availability of suitable and adequate land

b. Distance from reliable sources of land

c. Road and railway access

d. Availability of infrastructural facilities

e. Environmental aspects

3.2 Alternate Sites

Proposed projects will be within existing Rozi Pier Port, owned by Gujarat Maritime Board and

the area is already in use for port operations and suitable for all the proposed projects, hence no

alternate sites have been selected.


39

4. DESCRIPTION OF THE ENVIRONMENT

Introduction

This chapter describes the existing environmental and socio-economic baseline for the proposed

project and its surrounding area. Baseline data establishes the present status of the environment

identifies the sensitive receptors in the study area and provides the basis for assessment of the

impacts due to the project, and enabling the development of a robust and comprehensive

environmental management and monitoring plan.

Primary baseline data was collected between December’ 2017 and February’ 2018, which has

been considered as the ‘study period’ for the baseline. Primary baseline data has been

supplemented with requisite secondary data wherever necessary. In line with the Terms of

Reference (ToR) requirement prescribed by the Expert Appraisal Committee (EAC), a zone

comprising a 10 km radius around the proposed project site is considered as the ‘study area’ for

the EIA and a 15 km radius has been considered for land use aspects and ecology study.

The baseline quality of various components of the environment, viz. air, noise, water, land,

biology, meteorological and socio-economic factors are assessed within the impact zone of 10

km radius around the proposed site. Secondary data has also been incorporated from authentic

sources viz. Govt./Non-Governmental Agencies, Universities, Indian Meteorological Department

(IMD), Ground Water Board etc. Various environmental components were monitored and

samples analysed. The Google image showing 10 km radius map from project site is shown in

Fig.4.1

The main purpose & objective of the study area is:

To delineate the prevailing environmental condition of project/study area as per awarded ToR

issued by MoEF & CC for EIA study.

To understand the project need and environmental characteristics of the area.

To assess the existing environmental quality

To identify environmentally significant factors or sensitive geographical locations.

To generate and/or collect the information of physical-chemical properties of the environment

of the project area, which includes data indicating quality & prevailing status of air, water

resources, soil fertility, noise, flora & fauna, ecological habitats etc.


40

To study and generate/prepare the Land Use/Land Cover map, Topographic map, Cartographic

Map of 10 km radial area from the site.

To generate and/or collect details regarding climatic condition of project area.

4.1 Study Area

Study area covers 10 km radius around proposed project site located at Rozi Pier Port,Jamnagar,

Gujarat State.

Fig: 4.1 Google image of 5km and 10km radius of the proposed project

4.2 METHODOLOGY OF EIA STUDY

Approach & Methodology of Baseline Study

The methodology for conducting the baseline environmental survey has been obtained from the

guidelines provided in the “EIA Guidance Manual for Ports & Harbours” issued by the Ministry

of Environment and Forests (MoEF).


41

Primary Data Collection: Monitoring Plan and Quality Assurance Procedures

The study period and methodology for primary data collection is followed as per the CPCB

guidelines in line with TOR prescribed by MoEF&CC. Summary of monitoring plan with

sampling testing methodology followed is summarised in Table: 4.1

Table 4.1 Summary of Methodology for Primary Baseline Data Collection

S. No. Environmental

Attributes

No. of Locations

/ Area

Duration and frequency of sampling and other

remarks

1 Ambient Air Quality 8 Meteorology data was collected on an hourly

basis for 3 months.

2 Ambient Noise Levels For 24 hours each in a month; for 1 season

3 Groundwater Quality 3 Once per a month

4 Marine Water Quality 2 Once per a month

5 Soil Quality Once per a month

6 Traffic For one day at two locations

7 Marine ecology Study area Once during the study period

8 Terrestrial ecology Study area Once during the study period

9 Socio-economic Studies Study area Primary consultations were carried out in villages

within 10 km radius during study period. List of

villages surveyed within 10 km radius is enclosed.

Secondary baseline data collection involved identifying and collecting existing published

materials and documents (Table 4.2).


42

Table 4.2: Secondary baseline data

S.No Environmental Attribute Source of Data Collection

1 Meteorological Data India Meteorological Department

2 Bathymetry Tides – Hydrographic chart of Geodetic and

Research Branch, Survey of India

3 Geology, Geomorphology and

hydrogeology

District Ground water Report,

JamnagarDistrict

4 Physical Features Survey of India

Latitude 22°33’N and Long 70°02’E

5 Socio-economic Census of India and primary survey

6 Land use Through Satellite Imageries

4.3 Micro-Meteorological data

Climate is defined as weather conditions prevailing in an area in general or over a long period.

The year is generally divided into four seasons. The winter season from December to February is

followed by the summer season from March to May. The monsoon season is from June to

September and the post-monsoon season constitutes the months of October and November.

The summary of yearly meteorological data for a period of 29 years recorded at the nearest

observatory of IMD at Dwaraka, has been taken from the National Data Centre of Indian

Meteorological Department at Ahmedabad. The entire data has been summarized in Table 4.3.

Table 4.3 Summary of Meteorological Data at near IMD Observatory-Jamnagar

Month

Temperature (°C)

Relative Humidity(%)

Cloud cover (Oktas)

Mean wind speed (km/hr)

Pre-dominant wind direction

Rainfall (mm)

Max. Min. Mor. Eve. Max. Min.

January 32.5 13.2 66 67 1.1 1 9.5 N 0.1


43

February 33.1 14 64 66 0.9 0.8 10.1 NW 0.1

March 35.2 17.1 66 64 1.2 0.9 11.1 NW 0.1

April 35.8 21.2 73 67 1.9 1.2 12.1 W 0.2

May 35.7 24.1 75 70 3.2 2.1 14.1 W 9.4

June 35.3 23.4 83 77 5.7 5.4 16.3 SW 400.3

July 32.8 23.1 88 84 6.8 6.8 20.2 SW 665.8

August 31.6 23.2 88 83 6.9 6.7 20.4 SW 464.2

September 32.6 22.5 86 77 5.2 4.8 12.3 W 254.2

October 35.5 20.2 75 70 2.4 2.2 8.5 NW 35.3

November 35.1 17.3 66 69 1.6 1.7 8.1 E 18.9

December 33.8 14.5 66 70 1.4 1.5 8.3 E 2.8

Seasonal average value

Period

Temperature (°C)

Relative Humidity(%)

Cloud cover Mean wind speed (km/hr)

Pre-dominant wind direction

Rainfall (mm)

Avg

Max.

Avg Min.

Avg Mor.

Avg Eve.

Avg Max.

Avg Min.

Summer 35.6 26.2 71 67 2.1 1.4 12.4 W 9.7

Winter 33.1 13.9 65 68 1.1 1.1 9.3 E 3

Monsoon 33 23 87 80 6.1 5.9 17.3 SW 1784.5

Post monsoon

35.3 18.7 70.5 69.5 2 2 8.3 NW/E 54.2

(Source: Climatological tables of Observatories in India (1961-1990), IMD)


44

Wind Speed and Direction:

Being a coastal area the wind speed is high and found mostly between 2 – 35 mph for all the

months. The wind speed during summer season was mostly between 3 – 22 mph while during

rainy season, it was between 2 –35 mph and in winter months’ wind speed ranges between 2 –

35 mph. The predominant wind direction during winter season is from northeast and northwest

direction.

Relative Humidity:

Most humid conditions are found in the monsoons, followed by summer, post-monsoons, and

winter in that order. Mornings are more humid than evenings; highest relative humidity is

recorded as 87% in August mornings followed by 79% in June and August month. During

summer season, relative humidity remains between 16 – 88 %.

Temperature:

December and January constitutes winter months with daily mean minimum temperature around

16 oC and daily mean maximum temperature around 39oC. May and June is the hottest month

with daily mean maximum temperature around 39oC and daily mean minimum temperature

around 16oC.

Rainfall:

The distribution of rainfall in the region, which includes the study area, is regular. Annual total

rainfall in the region is 1010.7 mm. Over 80% of the total annual rainfall is received during the

monsoon period between June to September.

Calm Period:

The calm period constitutes an important factor in the dispersion of air pollution. The calm

period is more during night-time compared to daytime. The maximum calm period occurs during

September to February.

4.3.1 Site specific Met Data:

An automatic met station was established at site to collect the site-specific data. The predominant

wind direction was from northeast and northwest direction.


45

Table 4.4 Meteorological data of project site

Month/ time Temperature(deg C) Relative humidity (%) Wind speed

Rangem/s Max Min Max Min

December ‘ 17 30 16 75% 24% 11.65

January’ 18 30 20 74% 24% 9.10

February’ 18 33 21 77% 25% 9.21

Fig. 4.2 Wind rose for the period of December’ 17 to February ‘18


46

4.4 AIR ENVIRONMENT:

Selection of AAQ Sampling Locations

To assess the baseline ambient air quality a scientifically designed ambient air quality

monitoring network was established. Air quality monitoring study was carried out during pre-

monsoon season (i.e.December’ 2017 and February’ 2018) within 10km radius of the project

site. The ambient air quality monitoring stations were selected after a brief study based on the

following considerations

Meteorological conditions

Topography of the study area

Predominant wind direction

Emission sources

Receptors sensitivity

Influence of the existing sources if any, are to be kept at minimum

The air quality in the study area has been analysed by collecting samples at 8 locations within

the study area. The map showing the AAQ monitoring locations is shown in Fig 4.3 and

details of the locations are given in Table 4.5.

Methodology of Sampling and Analysis

Air samples collected were tested for the following parameters

PM10

PM2.5

Sulphur Dioxide (SO2)

Oxides of Nitrogen (NOx)

The sampling and analysis of ambient air quality parameters was carried out as per the procedures

detailed in relevant parts of IS:5182 (Indian Standards for Ambient Air Quality Test Methods). The

methods used for determining the above mentioned parameters and furnished hereunder in the

Table 4.5.

Frequency of Sampling: 24hsamples for PM10, PM2.5, SO2 and NOx were collected from each

station, at a frequency of twice a week for the post-monsoon season.


47

Fig- 4.3. Location map of Ambient Air Quality monitoring

Table-4.5. Techniques and Detectable limits for Ambient Air Quality monitoring

Parameter Technique Technical Protocol Minimum Detectable Limit (g/m3)

PM10 Respirable Dust Sampler

(Gravimetric method) IS-5182 (Part-IV) 5.0

PM2.5 Fine Particulate Sampler

(Gravimetric method)

40 CFR USEPAGravimetric 5.0

Sulphur dioxide Modified West and Gaeke IS-5182 (Part-II) 4.0 Oxides of Nitrogen

Jacob &Hochheiser IS-5182 (Part-VI) 4.0


48

Table 4.6. Location of Ambient Air Quality Monitoring Stations

Location Station Code

Direction

Latitude and Longitude

Distance Environmental

Setting Project ite A1 -- 22°33'50.26"N

70° 2'24.53"E -- Port Area

Roji bet A2 S 22°31'50.82"N 70° 2'35.82"E

3.85KM Residential

Badeswar A3 SSW 22°29'43.43"N 70° 2'7.61"E

8.22KM Residential

Jalaram nagar A4 SSE 22°29'39.87"N 70° 3'38.82"E

8.56KM Residential

Dhinchda A5 SW 22°29'44.04"N 70° 0'32.48"E

8.88KM Residential

Junanagna A6 SSE 22°29'17.57"N 70° 4'37.30"E

9.40KM Residential

Navanagna A7 SE 22°29'52.00"N 70° 5'1.74"E

9.03KM Residential

Jawahar nagar A8 S 22°28'57.33"N 70° 2'33.69"E

9.34KM Residential


49

Table 4.7. Summary of analysis of Ambient Air Quality in the study area

Parameter PM10(µg/m3) PM2.5(µg/m3) SO2(µg/m3) NOx(µg/m3)

Monitoring Station

No.

of s

ampl

es

Max

imum

Min

imum

Mea

n

98th

per

cent

ile

No.

of s

ampl

es

Max

imum

Min

imum

Mea

n

98th

per

cent

ile

No.

of s

ampl

es

Max

imum

Min

imum

Mea

n

98th

per

cent

ile

No.

of s

ampl

es

Max

imum

Min

imum

Mea

n

98th

per

cent

ile

A1 26 81.5 66.8 73.0 81.1 26 43.2 32.6 38.3 42.9 26 18.5 15.1 16.9 18.5 26 17.4 14.6 15.9 17.2

A2 26 68.2 55.1 62.3 67.7 26 33.6 24.6 28.5 32.8 26 16.9 14.1 15.6 16.9 26 15.6 13.1 14.7 15.6

A3 26 63.4 52.1 58.2 62.8 26 27.6 22.4 24.7 27.3 26 16.2 13.2 14.4 15.9 26 15.3 12.3 13.8 15.1

A4 26 64.2 54.8 59.8 63.5 26 29.4 23.9 27.3 29.3 26 15.9 13.6 14.7 15.9 26 15.2 13.4 14.4 15.2

A5 26 66.5 57.2 62.4 66.2 26 29.3 24.2 27.1 29.3 26 15.4 13.5 14.4 15.4 26 14.6 12.5 13.7 14.6

A6 26 65.8 58.7 62.2 65.8 26 31.4 24.1 27.7 31.1 26 16.2 13.1 14.7 16.1 26 15.8 12.5 14.0 15.6

A7 26 67.2 55.9 60.7 66.0 26 34.2 20.9 27.9 32.9 26 15.8 13.2 14.4 15.7 26 14.9 12.6 13.8 14.9

A8 26 68.2 56.8 63.4 68.2 26 31.5 24.1 27.5 31.2 26 16.4 12.9 14.6 16.3 26 15.9 13.5 14.6 15.9

NAAQS 100(µg/m3) 60(µg/m3) 80(µg/m3) 80(µg/m3)

Note: Carbon monoxide were monitored at all locations and were found < 0.5mg/m3


50

4.4.1. Existing Ambient Air Quality

On the perusal of above summary of analysis of ambient air quality in the study are it is evident

that all monitored values in various locations are well within the specified limits of CPCB.

Various statistical parameters like minimum, maximum, average and 98th percentile

concentrations have been computed from the data generated during sampling period at all

sampling locations. The results are test reports are given in the Table 4.7. Graphical

representation of the PM10, PM2.5, SO2 and NOxare given in the Figure 4.4(A-D).

PM10: The highest PM10 concentration 81.5 µg/m3 was observed in the ambient air was recorded

at station A1 while the lowest PM10 concentration was found to be 52.1 µg/m3 at A3. All the

monitored values of PM10 are well below the specified limit of 100 µg/m3 .

PM2.5: The highest PM2.5 concentration 43.2 µg/m3 was observed in the ambient air was

recorded at station A1 while the lowest PM2.5 concentration was found to be 20.9 µg/m3 at A7.

All the monitored values of PM2.5 are well below the specified limit of 60 µg/m3.

SO2: The highest SO2 concentration 18.5 µg/m3 was observed in the ambient air was recorded at

station A1 while the lowest SO2 concentration was found to be 12.9µg/m3 at A8. All the

monitored values of SO2 are well below the specified limit of 80 µg/m3 .

NOx: The highest NOx concentration 17.4 µg/m3 was observed in the ambient air was recorded

at station A1 while the lowest NOx concentration was found to be 12.3 µg/m3 at A3. All the

monitored values of NOx are well below the specified limit of 80 µg/m3 .

A.

81.167.7 62.8 63.5 66.2 65.8 66 68.2

0

50

100

A1 A2 A3 A4 A5 A6 A7 A8

98 percentile concentration of PM10

PM10 (ug/m3) NAAQS


51

B.

C.

D.

Fig 4.4 (A-D). Graphical representation of n PM10, PM2.5, SO2 and NOx

42.932.8 27.3 29.3 29.3 31.1 32.9 31.2

0

20

40

60

A1 A2 A3 A4 A5 A6 A7 A8

98 percentile concentration of PM2.5

PM2.5(ug/m3) NAAQS

18.5 16.9 15.9 15.9 15.4 16.1 15.7 16.3

0

20

40

60

80

A1 A2 A3 A4 A5 A6 A7 A8

98 percentile concentration of SO2

SO2(ug/m3) NAAQS

17.2 15.6 15.3 15.2 14.6 15.6 14.9 15.9

0

20

40

60

80

A1 A2 A3 A4 A5 A6 A7 A8

98 percentile concentration of NOx

NOx(ug/m3) NAAQS


52

4.5. WATER ENVIRONMENT

Water of high quality is essential to human life, and water of acceptable quality is essential for

agricultural, industrial, domestic and commercial uses: in addition, most recreation is water

based; therefore. Major activities having potential effects on surface water are certain to be

appreciable concern to the consumers.

Studies on water environment aspects of ecosystem is important for Environmental Impact

Assessment to identify sensitive issues and take appropriate action by maintaining ‘ecological

homeostasis’ in the early stages of development of the project. The objective of this report is to

define the present environment in which the proposed action is to occur, to evaluate all possible

eventualities, to ensure that all negative impacts are minimized, and to demonstrate that proposed

project has been appropriately announced to all interested parties so that their concerns can be

considered.

The water resources, both surface and groundwater play an important role in the development of

the area. Likewise, the water resources of the area have been studied to establish the current

status of water quality in the area. The parameters of prime importance were selected under

physical, chemical inorganic, chemical organic and heavy metal groups. Water samples from

ground and surface water sources were collected in cans, pre-treated and transported to

laboratory for analysis while taken care for transportation of these samples.

4.5.1. Surface and ground water quality assessment

In order to assess water quality impacts of surface and ground water samples are collected in and

around the proposed project. The samples analyzed for various physical and chemical parameters

to know the contamination levels as per the IS Standards.

1. Ground water quality --- IS 10500-1992

2. Surface/canal/sea water quality --- IS 2296

4.5.2. Selection of Sampling Locations

Sampling locations were selected on basis of;

a) Drainage pattern

b) Location of residential areas respecting different activities

c) Likely areas those can represent baseline conditions

Samples for bacteriological analysis were collected in sterilized glass bottles. Selected physico-

chemical and bacteriological parameters have been analysed for projecting the existing water

quality status in the study area.


53

The samples were analysed in accordance with “Standard Methods for Examination of Water

and Wastewater Analysis” published by APHA. Both surface and ground water samples

collected monthly once during total 3 months of study period. All the locations of water

monitoring are shown in fig 4.5 and are detailed in Table 4.8.

Fig. 4.5. Google map showing water sampling locations

Table 4.8. Details of water sampling locations in the study area

Code Station Direction to project site

Latitude Longitude

Distance from Project Site (km)

Source

GW1 Bedi Village S 22°29'52.49"N 70° 02'40.66"E

7.17 Ground water

GW2 Dhanan SE 22°29'25.38" 70° 9'5.82"E

13.97 Ground water

GW3 Dihenda SW 22°29'44.80"N 70° 0'35.47"E

8.36 Ground water

MW1 Plant site - 22°33'45.66"N 70° 2'23.99"E

- Marine water

MW2 Bedi port S 22°29'30.27"N 70° 2'53.22"E

8.23 Marine water


54

4.5.3. Sampling techniques

Samples for chemical analysis were collected in polyethylene carboys. Samples collected for metal

content were acidified with 1 ml HNO3. Samples for bacteriological analysis were collected in

sterilized glass bottles. Selected physico-chemical and bacteriological parameters have been

analysed for projecting the existing water quality status in the study area. Parameters like

temperature, Dissolved Oxygen (DO) and pH were analysed at the time of sample collection.

The methodology for sample collection and preservation techniques was followed as per the

Standard Operating Procedures (SOP) mentioned in Table 4.9. The methods used for analysis of

water samples are provided in Table 4.10.

Table 4.9. Standard Operating Procedures (SOP) for water sampling

Parameter Sample Collection Sample Size Storage/ Preservation

pH Grab sampling

Plastic /glass container

50 ml On site analysis

Electrical

Conductivity

Grab sampling


50 ml On site parameter

Total suspended solids Grab sampling


100 ml Refrigeration,

can be stored for 7 days

Total Dissolved

Solids

Grab sampling


100 ml Refrigeration,

can be stored for 7 days

BOD Grab sampling


500 ml Refrigeration, 48 hrs

Hardness Grab sampling


100 ml Add HNO3 to pH<2,

refrigeration; 6 months

Chlorides Grab sampling


50 ml Not required; 28 days

Sulphates Grab sampling


100 ml Refrigeration; 28 days

Nitrates Plastic containers 100 ml Refrigeration; 48 hrs

Fluorides Plastic containers only 100 ml Not required; 28 days

Alkalinity Plastic/ glass containers 100 ml Refrigeration; 14 days

Ammonia Plastic/ glass containers 100 ml Add H2SO4 to pH>2,


55

Parameter Sample Collection Sample Size Storage/ Preservation

refrigeration, 28 days

Heavy Metals (As,

Cd, Mn, Cu, Fe, Zn,

Pb etc.)

Plastic/ Glass rinse with

1+1 HNO3

500 ml Filter, add HNO3 to

pH>2; Grab sample; 6

months

Table 4.10. Analytical techniques for water analysis

Parameter Method

pH APHA-4500-H+

Colour APHA-2120 C

Odour IS: 3025, Part-4

Temperature APHA-2550 B

Dissolved Oxygen APHA-4500 O

BOD APHA-5210 B

Electrical conductivity APHA-2510 B

Turbidity APHA-2130 B

Chlorides APHA-4500 Cl-

Fluorides APHA-4500 F-

Total dissolved solids APHA-2540 C

Total suspended solids APHA-2540 D

Total hardness APHA-2340 C

Sulphates APHA-4500 SO4-2

Arsenic APHA-3120 B/ APHA-3114 B/ APHA-3500 As

Calcium APHA-3120 B/ APHA-3500 Ca

Magnesium APHA-3120 B/ APHA-3500 Mg

Sodium APHA-3120 B/ APHA-3500 Na

Potassium APHA-3120 B/ APHA-3500 K

Manganese APHA-3120 B/ APHA-3500 Mn

Mercury APHA-3112 B/ APHA-3500 Hg

Lead APHA-3120 B/ APHA-3500 Pb

Copper APHA-3120 B/ APHA-3500 Cu


56

Parameter Method

Cadmium APHA-3120 B/ APHA-3500 Cd

Iron APHA-3120 B/ APHA-3500 Fe

Zinc APHA-3120 B/ APHA-3500 Zn

Boron APHA-4500 B

Coliform organisms APHA-9215 D

Alkalinity APHA-2320 B

COD APHA-5220 D

Phenolic Compounds APHA-510 C

Source: Standard Methods for the Examination of Water and Wastewater, Published By

APHA, AWWA, WEF 19th Edition, 1995

4.5.4. Groundwater quality

The pH limit fixed for drinking water samples as per IS: 10500 is 6.5 to 8.5 beyond this range the

water will affect the mucus membrane and or water supply system. During the study period, the

pH of the groundwater was found varying between 7.20 and 8.20. The pH values for all the

samples collected in the study area during study period were found to be within the acceptable

limits. The summary of the ground water quality is given in Table 4.11.

The desirable limit for total dissolved solids as per IS:10500 is 500 milligrams per liter (mg/l)

whereas the permissible limits in absence of alternate source is 2000 mg/l, beyond this

palatability decreases and may cause gastro-intestinal irritation. In groundwater samples collected

from the study area, the total dissolved solids (TDS) were found to be varying between 1485 mg/l

and 2486 mg/l. The TDS of all the samples were within the permissible limit of 2000 mg/l except

at project site (GW3) exceeds the permissible limit.

The desirable limit for Chloride is 250 mg/l as per IS: 10500whereas the permissible limit of the

same is 1,000 mg/l beyond this limit taste, corrosion and patability are affected. The Chloride

levels in the groundwater samples collected in the study area were ranging from 461 – 862 mg/l.

The desirable limit as per IS:10500 for hardness is 300 mg/l whereas the permissible limit for the

same is 600 mg/l. Beyond this limit encrustation in water supply structure and adverse effects on

domestic use will be observed. In the groundwater samples collected from the study area, the

hardness was found to be varying from 300 mg/l to1230 mg/l.


57

Fluoride is the other important parameter, which has the desirable limit of 1 mg/l and permissible

limit of 1.5 mg/l. However, the optimum content of fluoride in the drinking water is 0.6 to 1.5

mg/l. If the fluoride content is less than 0.6 mg/l it causes dental caries. If it is above 1.5 mg/l it

causes staining of tooth enamel, higher concentration in range of 3-10 mg/l causes fluorosis. In

the groundwater samples of study area, the fluoride values were found to be within a range of

0.01 mg/l to 0.07 mg/l.

All the heavy metals in all samples were found to be below the permissible limits.

An overview of the results obtained reveals that three parameters of TDS, Hardness, were found

above the permissible limits at GW3 samples of IS: 10500 drinking water standards.

Table 4.11. Ground Water Quality of the Study Area

S.No. PARAMETER UNIT GW1 GW2 GW3 IS:10500-Standards

Acceptable Permissible

1. Color Hazen < 2 < 2 < 2 5 15

2. Temperature of Water 0C 26.5 26.0 26.5 - -

3. pH - 8.20 7.20 7.39 6.5-8.5 6.5-8.5

4. Turbidity NTU 0.3 4.1 1.4 1 5

5. Total Suspended Solids mg/l < 10.0 < 10.0 < 10.0 - -

6. Total Dissolved Solids mg/l 1795 1485 2486 500 2000

7. Total alkalinity (as CaCO3) mg/l 480 424 412 200 600

8. Total Hardness (as CaCO3) mg/l 300 520 1230 300 600

9. Chlorides as Cl mg/l 724 461 862 250 1000

10. Calcium as Ca mg/l 16.0 80.0 252 75 200

11. Magnesium as Mg mg/l 63.1 77.7 145 30 100

12. Fluoride as F mg/l 0.01 0.03 0.07 1.0 1.5

13. Nitrates as NO3 mg/l 38.2 35.4 42.7 45 45

14. Sulphates as SO4 mg/l 278 306 381 200 400

15. Arsenic as As mg/l <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 0.01 0.05

16. Cadmium as Cd mg/l <0.002 <0.002 <0.002 0.003 0.003

17. Copper as Cu mg/l <0.05 <0.05 <0.05 0.05 1.5

18. Lead as Pb mg/l <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 0.01 0.01

19. Iron as Fe mg/l 0.21 0.28 0.21 0.3 0.3

20. Manganese as Mn mg/l <0.05 <0.05 <0.05 0.1 0.3

21. Zinc as Zn mg/l 2.8 0.48 0.41 5.0 15.0

22. Dissolved phosphates mg/l <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 - -

23. Phenolic Compounds as C6H5OH mg/l <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 0.001 0.002


58

24. Residual Chlorine mg/l <0.005 <0.005 <0.005 - -

25. E. Coli MPN/100 ml ND ND ND ND ND

26.. Total Coliforms MPN/100 ml ND ND ND ND ND


59

4.6. SOIL ENVIRONMENT

Natural resources are important means of subsistence for the communities in the rural area. The

detail about economics resources of important sectors are given here in brief.

As the geographical formation of Saurashtra is of volcanic origin, the soils are generally derived

from the trap rock. The soil found in Jamnagar district can be broadly classified as alluvial,

black, light brown and alkaline. The black or medium black soil and the light brown soil any be

termed as the main soils, while the other two, namely, the alluvial and the alkaline as subsoil of

the district is confined to some smaller patches. While the medium black soil is rich in minerals

and organic matter and, therefore are more fertile. The light brown soil is less fertile and needs

plenty of water and manure for getting good harvest.

The black or medium black soil is found in Dhorl, Kalavad, Jamjodhpur and Bhanvad taluks and

eastern portion of Jamnagar taluka. It is generally seen that soil is 9 to 36 inches in depth. Light

brown soil is also called dharod is found in all taluks but mainly in the western part of the

district, viz., Khambalia, Kalayanpur and Lalpur taluks and western portion of Jamnagar taluka.

Soil types of Jamanagar district is presented in the figure no. 4.6.

Fig 4.6. Soil types of Jamanagar district


60

4.6.1. Selection of sampling Locations

For studying soil profile of the region, sampling locations were selected to assess the existing

overall soil conditions around the project site. The study of the soil profile establishes the

baseline characteristics and this will help in future for identifying the incremental concentrations

if any, due to the proposed project. The sampling locations have been identified with following

objectives.

a) To determine the baseline soil characteristics of the study area

b) To determine the impact of the project activities on soil characteristics

4.6.2. Sampling and Analytical Techniques

Five sampling locations were selected to assess the existing soil conditions representing various

land use conditions and geological features. At each location, soil samples were collected from

three different depths viz. 30 cm, 60 cm and 90 cm below the surface and are homogenized. This

is in line with IS: 2720 & Methods of Soil Analysis, Part-1, 2nd edition, 1986 of (American

Society for Agronomy and Soil Science). The homogenized samples were analyzed for physical

and chemical characteristics. The soil samples were collected and analyzed once in each

season.The samples have been analyzed as per the established scientific methods for physico-

chemical parameters (Table 4.12). Standard soil classification based on ICAR is given in Table

4.13.

Table 4.12. Analytical techniques for Soil analysis

Parameter Method (ASTM number)

Textural classification Chart developed by Public Roads Administration

pH pH meter (D 1293-84)

Electrical conductivity Conductivity meter (D 1125-82)

Nitrogen Kjeldahl distillation (D 3590-84)

Phosphorus Molybdenum blue, calorimetric (D 515-82)

Potassium Flame photometric (D 1428-82)

Sodium Flame photometric (D 1428-82)

Calcium IS:2720

Magnesium IS:2720

Chlorides Argentometric (D 512-81 Rev 85)


61

Table 4.13. Standard soil classification

S. No Soil test Classification 1. pH <4.5 Extremely acidic

4.51- 5.50 Very strongly acidic 5.51-6.00 moderately acidic 6.01-6.50 slightly acidic 6.51-7.30 Neutral 7.31-7.80 slightly alkaline 7.81-8.50 moderately alkaline 8.51-9.0 strongly alkaline >9.00 very strongly alkaline

2. Electrical Conductivity (ppm) (1ppm = 640 µmhos)

Up to 1.00 Average 1.01-2.00 harmful to germination 2.01-3.00 harmful to crops (sensitive to salts)

3. Organic Carbon Up to 0.2: very less 0.21-0.4: less 0.41-0.5 medium, 0.51-0.8: on an average sufficient 0.81-1.00: sufficient >1.0 more than sufficient

4. Nitrogen (Kg/ha) Up to 50 very less 51-100 less 101-150 good 151-300 Better >300 sufficient

5. Phosphorus (Kg/ha) Up to 15 very less 16-30 less 31-50 medium 51-65 on an average sufficient 66-80 sufficient >80 more than sufficient

6. Potassium (Kg/ha) 0 -120 very less 120-180 less 181-240 medium 241-300 average 301-360 better >360 more than sufficient

To assess the quality of soil in the study area, 4 samples were collected to analyze the

physicochemical characteristics. The various physical and chemical characteristics that were

analyzed as per Indian Standards are heavy metals, nutrients and ionic contents. The geo-


62

coordinates are represented in Table 4.14. The summary of soil analysis results is presented in

Table 4.15.

Table 4.14. Details of soil samplings

Code Location/ Villages

Latitude and Longitude

Distance from Project Site(km)

Direction

S1 Roji bet 22°31'50.82"N 70° 2'35.82"E

3.85km S

S2 Badeswar 22°29'43.43"N

70° 2'7.61"E 8.22km SSW

S3 Jalaram nagar 22°29'39.87"N 70° 3'38.82"E

8.56km SSE

S4 Dhinchda 22°29'44.04"N

70° 0'32.48"E 8.88km SW

Table 4.15. Summary results of soil samples

S.No Parameter Unit S1 S2 S3 S4 1. pH (1:5) Aq Extract -- 7.42 7.54 7.72 7.40

2. Conductivity

(1:5 Aq Extract)

mhos

/cm 584 608 617 621

3. Texture

(a) Sand

(b) Silt

(c) Clay

%

73.5

15.1

11.4

71.9

18.9

10.2

78.3

13.6

8.1

67.2

12.1

20.7

4. Bulk Density gm/cm3 1.25 1.40 1.19 1.22

5. Moisture Content % 11.2 10.5 10.8 9.2

6. Available Nitrogen as N kg/ha 56.8 62.3 59.1 65.4

7. Available Phosphorous as P kg/ha 22.4 24.6 20.5 28.1

8. Available Potassium as K kg/ha 56.4 61.9 58.3 72.4

9. Exchangeable Sodium as Na mg/kg 92.5 98.1 114 85.6

10. Exchangeable Calcium as Ca mg/kg 133 122 146 139

11. Exchangeable Magnesium as

Mg

mg/kg 165 168 177 196

12. Water Soluble Chlorides as

Cl

mg/kg 361 375 319 286


63

13. Water Soluble Sulphates as

SO4

mg/kg 68 72 84 75

14. Organic matter % 0.17 0.14 0.11 0.18

15. Organic Carbon % 0.1 0.09 0.08 0.13

4.6.3. Summary of soil analysis data

The analytical results of the soil samples collected during the study period are summarized

below.

The pH of the soil is an important property; vegetation cannot grow in low and high pH value

soils. The normal range of pHin the soils is 6.0 to 8.5. The pH values in the study area are

varying from 7.40 to 8.04 indicating that the soils are falling slightly alkaline soil.

Based on the electrical conductivity, the soils are classified into four groups (Normal, Critical for

germination, Critical for growth of the sensitive crops, Injurious to most crops). The electrical

conductivity in the study area is varying from 558 to 621 micro-Siemens per centimeter (µS/cm).

This is average for germination

The other important parameters for characterization of soil for irrigation are the primary nutrients

– Nitrogen, Phosphorus and Potassium (N, P, K) and the secondary nutrients—Calcium,

Magnesium and Sulphur(Ca, Mg, S). The primary and secondary nutrient elements are known as

major elements. This classification is based on their relative abundance, and not on their relative

importance.

Nitrogen encourages the vegetative development of plants by imparting a healthy green color to

the leaves. The available Nitrogen as N in the study area is varying from 52.4 to 65.4 kg/ha. This

is less for crops when compared with soil standards.

Phosphorus influences the vigour of plants and improves the quality of crops. In the study area

available, Phosphorus was found in varying quantities of 16.2 to 28.1 kg/ha. This is an less level

when compared to soil standards.

Potassium enhances the ability of the plants to resist diseases, insect attacks, cold and other

adverse conditions. The available potassium in the study area varies between 48.5 to 52.4 mg/kg.

This is less level for crops.

Organic Carbon in the study area ranges from 0.06 to 0.13%. This is very less level for crops.

Based on the above results, the soils in the region are average fertile enough for cultivation of

crops.


64

4.7. NOISE ENVIRONMENT

The noise problem is said to exist when the sound level in the air causes interference in human

activities such as disturbance in sleep, work and speech communication leading to annoyance.

Perception of noise by individuals varies depending on number of factors such as natural

sensitivity/hearing ability, level of exposure, time of noise at community level can have different

effects varying from aesthetic impairment such as annoyance, frequent hypertension to as high as

loss of hearing. The health impact of noise on individual depends on several factors, viz, physical

dose (intensity of sound pressure level and duration of exposure), frequency spectrum,

intermittency etc., as well as human factors like age, health condition, occupational exposure etc.

Assessment of noise impacts and the significance of any impacts as a result of development are

dependent upon the number of factors such as the ambient or background noise levels in the

vicinity of the site, the type of development and its operating characters. Therefore noise

monitoring was carried out to identify and quantify so far as reasonably possible the ambient

condition to assess the increase in noise levels and causes of variability of noise levels as a result

of ongoing project activities.

4.7.1. Identification of sampling locations

Noise at different generating sources has identified based on the activities in the village area,

ambient noise due to industries and traffic and the noise at sensitive areas. A detailed survey on

noise environment was carried in and around the project site to study the levels of noise, as the

high dB (A) levels may cause adverse effect on human beings and associated environment,

including structures, domestic animals and natural ecological systems. The locations were

identified keeping in view the land use pattern and environmental setting. Spot noise levels were

measured using a precision noise level meter at eight locations within study zone.

4.7.2. Methodology

The monitoring was carried out at each location for a period of 24hrs, once during the study

period. The locations were identified keeping in view the land use pattern and environmental

setting. The day levels of noise have been monitored during 6 am to 10 pm and the night levels

during 10 pm to 6 am. The Ld, Ln and Ldn were calculated based on the hourly Leq values. Spot

noise levels were measured using a precision noise level meter at residential areas, industrial

areas and commercial centres etc., in all eight locations which were covered with in study

zone(Table 4.16). The noise levels include vehicular movement and local activities.Noise levels


65

were recorded for every 15minutes in a clock hour for a continuous 24-hour period at all

locations.

Table 4.16. Details of noise samplings

S.No Location Station Code

Direction

Latitude Longitude

Distance

Environmental Setting

1. Project ite

N1 -- 22°33'50.26"N

70° 2'24.53"E --

Industrial Area

2. Roji bet

N2 S 22°31'50.82"N

70° 2'35.82"E 3.85KM

Residential Area

3. Badeswar

N3 SSW 22°29'43.43"N

70° 2'7.61"E 8.22KM

Residential Area

4. Jalaram nagar N4

SSE 22°29'39.87"N 70° 3'38.82"E

8.56KM Residential Area

5. Dhinchda

N5 SW 22°29'44.04"N

70° 0'32.48"E 8.88KM

Residential Area

6. Junanagna

N6 SSE 22°29'17.57"N

70° 4'37.30"E


7. Navanagna

N7 SE 22°29'52.00"N

70° 5'1.74"E 9.03KM

Residential Area

8. Jawahar nagar N8

S 22°28'57.33"N 70° 2'33.69"E


Fig 4.7. Locations for monitoring noise levels


66

4.7.3. Description of locations

N1 – the location has been selected to assess noise levels in the proposed project site.

N2, N3, N4, N5, N6, N7 and N8 – the locations have been selected to assess noise levels

near to the project in residential areas with light Vehicular Movement.

4.7.4. Summary of noise levels

The noise levels were recorded at different locations (08 nos) within study area during study

period. All the noise levels are given in Table 4.17. The noise levels (Leq) were within the CPCB

standards for industrial areas (day time 75 and night time 70 dB(A)).

Table 4.17. Noise levels in the study area

Location code Environmental

setting CPCB norms Leq (dBA)

Lday Lnight Day Night

N1 Project ite 75 70 70.3 65.9

N2 Roji bet 55 45 52.8 43.2

N3 Badeswar 55 45 51.0 41.2

N4 Jalaram nagar 55 45 50.4 41.8

N5 Dhinchda 55 45 50.7 39.9

N6 Junanagna 55 45 50.8 40.3

N7 Navanagna 55 45 51.0 40.2

N8 Jawahar nagar 55 45 50.2 40.4

a) At Project Site:

The day time noise levels were observed to be within the prescribed limit of 75dB(A). The day

time noise levels ranged from 66.9 to 72.6dB(A).

The night time noise levels were observed to be within the prescribed limit of 70dB(A). The

night values ranged from 64.1 to 67.5dB(A)

b) N2 – industrial area:

The day time noise levels were observed to be within the prescribed limit of 55 dB(A). The day



67

The night time noise levels were observed to be within the prescribed limit of 45 dB(A). The


c) N3 – Residential area:


time noise levels ranged from 45.9 to 53.6 dB(A).


night values ranged from 38.5 to 43.6 dB(A)

d) N4 – Industrial Area:

The day time noise levels ranged from 44.1 to 52.6dB(A), were observed to be within the

prescribed limit of 75 dB(A)



e) N5 – Industrial Area:





f) N6 – Residential Area:





g) N7 – Residential Area:





h) N8 – Residential Area:


time noise levels ranged from 43.3 to 52.7. dB(A).




68

From the above results it was concluded the Day and Night equivalents were within the limits of

Ambient Noise standards.

4.7.5Observations

Ambient noise levels were measured at eight locations in and around the plant site. Noise levels

varied from 50.2 LeqdB(A) to 70.3 LeqdB(A) during day time and 39.9 to 65.9 Leq dB(A)

during night time. Graphical representations of noise values are shown in figure 4.9A&B.

An over view of the above results indicates the noise levels in the study area are well within the

prescribed limits of CPCB.

4.9A.

4.9B.

Fig 4.8 A&B. Noise levels in the study area

75 75 75 75 75 75 75 75

010203040506070

N1 N2 N3 N4 N5 N6 N7 N8

DAY EQUIVALENT NOISE LEVELS

DAY EQUIVALENT CPCB LIMIT, RESIDENTIAL AREA

CPCB LIMIT, INDUSTRIAL AREA

010203040506070

N1 N2 N3 N4 N5 N6 N7 N8

NIGHT EQUIVALENT NOISE LEVELS

CPCB LIMIT, INDUSTRIAL AREA

CPCB LIMIT, RESIDENTIAL AREA


69

4.8. GEOMORPHOLOGY

Physiographically the district can be divided into the following units: Hilly areas

and Coastal & alluvial Plains.

Jamnagar, Jodiya, Khambaliya and Kalyanpur talukas are characterised by plain

topography, whereas Jam Jodphur, Lalpur and Bhanwad talukas are characterised by

hilly terrains. Cliffs are found in the Dwarka taluka with height upto 30m. Barda, Alech,

Gop etc are famous hill ranges in the district. Mount Venu is the highest summit of

Barda hills that attains a height of 617.1 metres. Okha Rann is a low-lying marshy area.

Low coastal dunes and sand banks run along the north and west coasts. Jamnagar,

Jodiya and Kalyanpur are plain areas. Geologically the study area mainly comprises of tertiary

rocks, Cretaceous rocks, Deccan trap and quaternary sediments. The geology of the Jamnagar

district is represented in the Figure 4.9.

Source: Commissionerate of Geology and Mining, Government of Gujarat

Fig 4.9. Geological resources of the Jamnagar district


70

4.9. SEISMICITY AND ASSOCIATED HAZARDS

The Gujarat region is one of the most seismic prone intra-continental regions of the world. The

Jamnagar region falls in zone V. Based on tectonic features and records of past earthquakes, a

seismic zoning map of India has been prepared by a committee of experts under the auspices of

Bureau of Indian Standard (BIS Code: IS: 1893: Part I 2002). In this seismic zoning map, the

project area lies in Zone V i.e very high risk zone area liable to shaking intensity IX and above.

Fig: 4.10. Seismic map of India


71

4.10. HYDROGEOLOGY

Hydrogeologically the district area can be broadly grouped under hard rock’s comprising

“Deccan traps” and soft rocks comprising “Tertiaries and Alluvium”. Nearly 80% of the area is

underlain by Deccan Traps, 19% by the Teriaries and the rest by Alluvium. Hydrogeological

conditions in various lithounits are described below:

a) Deccan Traps (Hard rock)

These are essentially basaltic flows having general horizontal to near horizontal disposition over

large area. The basaltic flows do not have any primary porosity in the lower massive portion, but

the top vesicular portion has some porosity because of the vesicles formed due to escaping gases.

Both massive and vesicular portions have no primary permeability, as the vesicules are seldom

interconnected. The secondary porosity and permeability developed due to fracturing and

jointing provides passage for infiltration, storage and movement of groundwater. The weathered

zone extends to about 20m bgl in the surface flows. Weathered flow contacts extend to greater

depths. The permeability of these zones are further intensified by fracturing and jointing. These

interflow zones and fractured and jointed zones have given rise to stratified aquifer system,

which is responsible for occurrence of water even at greater depths. Weathering of basalts, which

extends down to 20m and the fractured basalts beneath the weathered mantle have given rise to

water table aquifers down to 40 m bgl. The depth of water level in the area ranges from 3.30 m

bgl to 25.40 bgl during the pre-monsoon period while during the post monsoon the water level

ranges from 0.06 to 17.50 m bgl. The yields of the wells tapping weathered basalts are in the

range of 20-100m3/day. Those in which interflow zones have been tapped 100-400m3/day. The

bore wells drilled in the district have yields ranging from 100 to 500m3/day.

b) Gaj Beds

Groundwater in these series occurs both under confined and water table conditions. The upper

granular bed of the series consisting of limestone and grits forms a good aquifer for shallow

groundwater. Dug wells and dug-cum bore wells within the depth range of 20-25 mbgl are

constructed. The depth of water level in the Gaj aquifer ranges from 5 to 15 m bgl during pre-

monsoon period. The yield of the wells varies from 4 to 312 m3/day and an average yield of

66m3/day.


72

c) Dwarka Beds

Groundwater mainly occurs under water table condition; because of the clayey nature of the

formations and the narrow stretch of sandy limestone exposed to recharge the rocks of this

formation are poor aquifers. The depth of the water level in the Dwarka beds ranges from 2 to 10

m bgl during pre-monsoon period. Dug wells and dug-cum bore wells within the depth range of

20-35 mbgl are constructed. The yield of the wells varies from 8 to 270 m3/day and an average

yield of 80m3/day.

d) Milliolite Series

Groundwater occurs under phreatic conditions. These milliolite limestone acts as a good

reservoir for shallow groundwater. The depth of water level in milliolite limestones is generally

about 5m bgl. Open wells are about 10m in depth. The yield of these wells ranges from 100-

200m3/day.

e) Alluvium

Groundwater occurs under unconfined conditions. The thickness of the alluvium is not more than

20m. Because of its clayey nature, percolation of rainwater is very poor resulting in poor yields.

The depth of water level ranges from 2 to 10m bgl (Premonsoon). The yield of these wells hardly

exceeds 100m3/day.

4.10.1Depth to Water Level

The depth to water level in the district ranges from 1.74 to 38.41mbgl during the pre-monsoon

period with 75% of the stations showing water level less than 10m (Figure.2). Salaya village has

recorded the shallowest water level whereas the deepest water level was recorded at Lalpur

village. During the post monsoon period the depth to water level ranged from 2.05mbgl at

Amran village to 56.25 mbgl at Lalpur village with about 60% of the station showing water level

less than 10m (Figure 4.11).


73

Source: Central Ground Water Board

Fig. 4.11. Map showing depth to water level

4.10.2Long Term Water Level Trend

Analysis of the long-term groundwater level trend for 10 years (2003-2012) of the district reveals

that rise in groundwater level predominant throughout the district. Long term rise in water level

during the pre-monsoon period ranged from 0.0016 to 1.47m/yr while the fall ranged from

0.0009 to 0.62 m/yr. The highest rise was recorded at Bhatia village while the highest fall was

recorded at Moti Matli Village. The long term water level fluctuation for the Post monsoon

period also reveals that rise in water level ranged from 0.011 to 0.73m/yr while fall recorded in

the district ranged from 0.017 to 1.42m/yr. Modpar village recorded the highest rise during the

post monsoon period whereas Lalpur village recorded the highest fall.


74

4.11.BIOLOGICAL ENVIRONMENT

4.11.1 Introduction

Ecology is the scientific study of the relations that living organisms have with respect to each

other and their natural environment. Producer, consumer and decomposer govern whole cycle of

ecology. Plant and animal both are interdependent to each other. Producer is necessary for each

consumer. Plant plays their role in ecology as producer. Plant, animals and microorganism

together with the environment in which they live make an independent unit called

ecosystem.Mainly two types of vegetation cover are on the earth surface. One is self-growing

and another is cultivated. Plants are renewable resource and useful to living organism in many

ways. It is therefore the role of man in manipulating and changing vegetation population.

Ecological assessment is an activity that results in documenting the ecological status of an area,

species inhabiting the area, their ecological and conservational requirements etc. It is a

fundamental and important component of Ecological Impact Assessment (EIA) and essentially

generates baseline data and information on an area. Environmental / Ecological Impact

Assessment are a process to be conducted prior to executing a large-scale project. All such

projects are likely to have impacts on the environment; more or less coextensive to factors such

as the magnitude of the project, the activities involved, resources utilized, and wastes, emissions

and effluents. Ecological Impact Assessment is a method of identifying, quantifying and

evaluating the potential impact of defined action on ecosystems or their components. During the

process of the assessment scientific information about the ecological makeup of the natural

system in and around the project location has to be collected. A scientific documentation of the

baseline data is vital to develop a general perception about the project and its impacts. This is

necessary to help developing a long term and strategy for management of the area specially the

habitats by identifying the means to mitigate the possible impacts of the activities proposed to be

undertaken in the area. This would in turn help to bring back the local environmental setup and

ecological goods and services more or less close to its original state, and facilitate decision-

making on the project basically on evaluating the trade-offs between the loss of environmental

quality, environmental services and the goods and services offered by the project. The Biological

Environment studies conducted by Andhra University and the letter attached as Annexure-2.


75

4.11.2 Objectives

Assess and document the flora in the project location and status its environmental

conditions

Assess and document the fauna in the project location and its environs

Examine the probable impacts arising from the execution of the project on biological and

ecological environs, and

Develop an Environmental Management Plan (EMP) for mitigation of proposed projects

impacts

4.11.3 Ecologically Sensitive Zone

4.11.3.1 The Gulf of Kutch Marine National Park and Sanctuary

The Gulf of Kutch Marine National Park and Sanctuary (MNPS) was established by a set of

State notifications during the period 1980 to 1982 in an area of 457.92 sq km along the coast of

Saurashtra in the southern Gulf of Kutch (22° 15' to 23° 40' N to 68° 20' to 70° 40' E).

Designated first as a Sanctuary in 1980, certain areas covering the islands and inter-tidal zones

were declared as National Park areas during the same year. A final Notification of the Protected

Areas (PA)was issued in 1982. The Gulf of Kutch MNPS has been classified as part of the West

Coast Biotic Province by the Wildlife Institute of India (WII), Dehradun.

The notified area includes 148.92 sq km of 42 islands in the Gulf and 309 sq km of intertidal

zone along its coast. Out of the notified areas, an area of 162.89 sq km is designated as National

Park area while the remaining is scanty land. The National Park area covers 37 islands while

sanctuary area covers five islands as well as the inter-tidal zone from Navlakhi to Okha.

According to the Notification, the revenue borders of Dwarka (Okha), Kalyanpur, Khambalia,

Lalpur, Jamnagar, Dhrol and Jodiya taluks of Jamnagar District mark the southern boundary of

the marine protected area (MPA).

Three categories of areas are included within the MNPS: 11.82 sq km of reserves forests, 347.90

sq km of unclassified forests and 98.2 sq km of Indian territorial waters. Since the PAs were

constituted under the jurisdiction of the State’s Forest Department.

The MNPS supports considerable species diversity. One study reported a total of 1127 species of

flora and fauna in the MPA. These include molluscs, oysters, turtles and marine mammals which

are dolphins, whales, and the rare and endangered sea cow, Dugong dugon. A recent study


76

recorded 144 different fish varieties in the MNPS areas and also 27 species of commercially

important Crustaceans.

The MNPS was initially established for the conservation and protection of a rich and diverse

ecosystem, particularly the inter-tidal and sub-tidal coral reefs and mangrove habitats of the

Gulf. Since 1991, coral reefs and mangroves have additionally been accorded the highest degree

of protection under the 1991 Coastal Regulatory Zone (CRZ) Notofication. Coral reefs and

mangroves have great ecological significance; both increase shore stability, offer protection

against tidal surges, and are the breeding grounds of a host of fishes, crustaceans, algae and other

forms of marine life. Indeed, the decline in corals and mangroves is correlated with a general

decline in the diversity and quantum of marine life.

4.11.4. Study area

The Rozi Pier Port situated in the marine national park on the west cost of India, Gujarat. The

buffer has unique ecosystems like coral reefs and mangroves as it southern coast and mangroves

at selected locations along the northern coast, and has tidal amplitude ranging from 3-8m. The

developmental activities like construction of ports and human interventions like mining corals,

destruction of mangroves to expand the salt pan activities etc., have extensively damaged the

corals and mangroves in the region. Due to its proximity to the Arabian Gulf, the proposed area

attracts establishment of facilities like ports, Single Point Mooring (SPM) stations for handling

large amount of crude oil. The region was notified as a Marine National Park and Sanctuary in

1982. The buffer area occupied by saltpans, Navy quarters and some parts of Jamnagar town and

invasive species of Prosopis juliflora.

Mangrove forests are extensive along the coastal belt of Jamnagar District occupying an area of

141 km2 as dense forests; dominant species being Avicennia with almost pure stands at place.

Mangroves are dominated by Avicenniamarina and are of fringing type in regularly inundated

zones along the water ways. The stray plants of Rhizophora mucronata also occur among

Avicennia stands. Salvadora persica commonly occur in the supralittoral regions towards the

high tide area. Sesuvium portulacastrum is common at the high tide line along the creeks. Beds

of Salicornia brachiata commonly habit the areas inland of regularly inundated zones or above

the mean high tide line. The Salicornia stands are denser towards waterways and become sparse

in saline banks. Suaeda maritima is sparsely distributed in the saline bank regions.


77

The proposed project doesn’t contain any mangrove vegetation. Overall assessment indicates that

the site proposed for the development falls under the category of offshore area. The study area

photographs were in the Figure 4.12.

View of the mangroves in the Buffer zone Overview of mangroves

Invasion of Prosopis juliflora in the Buffer zone Core area of the proposed project


78

Mudflat in the Buffer zone Saltpans in the Buffer zone

Fig 4.12. Photographs of study area

4.14.5. TERRESTRIAL ECOLOGY

This assessment identifies and evaluatesthe potential effects of the proposed project on terrestrial

ecology. Ecosystem consists of living and non-living components that interact through the

exchange of energy, nutrients, and waste. Ecosystems are dynamic and can be identified at

multiple, overlapping scales, ranging from types of site-specific plant communities to broad-

scale eco-regions. This assessment focuses on groups of site-specific plant communities (forest

and non-forest), which are typically characterized by unique plant species composition,

vegetation structure and landscape position which differ in the type, quality, and quantity of

functions they provide.

4.14.6. Methodology

4.14.6.1. Floral survey

The latitude and longitude of the site is 22°34´1.68"N and 70°2´23.94"E respectively. Extensive

field surveys were conducted from January 2018 to March 2018, adopting standard methods to

identify and document the ecological/biological components. However, in view of the study area

falling under the jurisdiction of the Marine National Park, Gujarat forest department. At first, a

pilot survey was carried out in and around the 10 km radius of the proposed project to develop a

feel of the area and to identify intensive sampling sites. Thus we selected four representative

areas for intensive studies.

To study the flora of the study area in general and to estimate the tree density in particular,

quadrats of 25 × 25 m size laid adopting more or less the strategy of cluster sampling. In total 24


79

such quadrats were laid to represent mangrove vegetation during the present study. The Girth at

breast height (GBH) of trees (having GBH >20cm) occurring in the 25 × 25 m plot were

recorded (Fig 3.1) All species encountered during the surveys, whether in or out of the quadrats,

were also recorded. Information on flora available in previous works was also included with

appropriate citations. Taxonomic identification of the species encountered in the field was done

consulting the Flora of British India and Flora of the Gujarat States. Specimens of unidentified

plants were preserved in 10% formaldehyde and brought to the Department of Botany, Andhra

University for further identification by experts. The nomenclature followed in the present study

was based on the Flora of Gujarat State. Endemic status of certain species was checked with the

help of relevant literatures. Species threatened category was checked with the help of IUCN Red

list category version 3.1.

The vegetation data were analyzed to obtain the quantitative structure and composition of plant

communities. Synthetic characters of the forest vegetation such as species richness and diversity

of species in the stands were estimated (Table 4.18). The vegetation data tabulated as frequency,

density, abundance, relative frequency, relative density, relative abundance, relative dominance,

IVI and composition of plant communities.

Table 4.18 Estimating quantitative structure and composition of plant communities.

Parameters Formula adopted

% Frequency (Number of quadrats in which a species occurred/ Total number of quadrats studied) × 100

Abundance Total number of individuals of the species/Number of quadrats in which the species occurred

Density Total number of individuals of a given species/ Total number of quadrats examined

Relative density Number of individuals/Number of individuals of all species

Relative frequency Number of quadrats occurring/Total number of quadrats

Basal area (GBH) 2/4π

Relative Basal area (Total basal area of individuals/Total basal area of all species)× 100

IVI Relative density + Relative dominance + Relative frequency


80

4.14.6.2. Faunal survey

The survey of fauna in the study area was conducted following widely used and standard

methods (Table 4.18). Visual encounter survey method (search) was adopted for amphibians and

reptiles whereas opportunistic observation and random walk method were followed for birds.

The survey of mammals was done by through indirect evidence i.e. tracks and signs, and visual

encounters. Species were identified by direct evidences such as pugmarks, calls, signs and scats.

Information pertaining to the existence of migratory corridors and breeding habitats of fauna

were recorded based on the information provided by forest department personnel. The

conservation status of each faunal species recorded from the project areas were ascertained as per

schedules of Indian wildlife (protection) Act, 1972 and IUCN -Red Data Book categories (RDB).

Laying of quadrat in the field Collection of data on mangroves

Data collection in the filed Flamingos in the Saltpans


81

Regeneration of mangroves in the mudflats Domestic animals

Fig 4.13. Field survey and data collection in the proposed project areas

Table 4.19. Sampling techniques used for faunal study

Taxa Sampling techniques Butterflies Random walk, Opportunistic observations Amphibians Visual encounter survey (Search) Reptiles Visual encounter survey (Search) Birds Random walk, Opportunistic observations Mammals Tracks, pugmarks and faecal remains

In view of the need for conservation of environmental quality and biodiversity, study of

biological environment is one of the most important components for environmental impact

assessment. Ecological system shows inter relationship between biotic and abiotic components

including dependences, competition and mutualism. Biotic components comprise of both plants

and animal communities.

Generally biological communities are the indicator of climatic conditions. Biological

communities are dependent on environmental condition and resource of its distribution and

survival. If there any change in the environmental variable like temperature, humidity, rainfall,

soil characteristics, topography etc., responsible for maintaining the homeostasis of the

environment.

The species of flora and fauna in the environment are organized into natural communities with

mutual dependencies and show various responses and sensitivities to anthropogenic influences.

The changes in biotic community are studied in the pattern of distribution, abundance and

diversity.


82

4.14.7. Observations

4.14.7.1. Floral characteristics

According to Champion and Seth's, vegetation in study area falls under Tropical dry forest. This

type of forests occurs in a much localized manner in small pockets. The most dominant trees in

this region are Prosopis juliflora,Acacia nilotica, Acacia Senegal and other trees are Balanites

aegyptiaca, Azadirachta indica, Ficus sp, Bordi (Zizyphus mauritiana) etc.

During the floristic survey of study area, a total of 136 plant species wererecorded consisting of

18 trees, 69 herbs and 9 shrubs and 14 climbers, 24 Grasses. The list of different plant species

(trees, shrubs, herbs, climbers and Grasses) recorded during field survey is enlisted in Table

3.The most common species found instudy area are Azadirachta indica, Ficus bengalensis, Ficus

religiosa, Eucalyptus sp. and Tamarindus indica. Dominant family of plants recorded in study

area are Poaceae, Fabaceae, Mimosaceae, Caesalpiniaceae Amaranthaceae, and

Convolvulaceae.The list of different plant species (trees, shrubs, herbs, climbers and Grasses)

recorded during field survey is enlisted in Table 4.20.

Table 4.20. List of flora recorded in the study area

S.No. Scientific name Common name Family Habit

1 Abutilon ramosum Khapato Malvaceae Herb

2 Acacia jaquemontii Harmo Baval Mimosaceae Tree

3 Acacia nilotica Bavar Mimosaceae Tree

4 Acacia senegal Kherio Mimosaceae Tree

5 Achyranthes aspera Agado, Kandhero Amaranthaceae Herb

6 Aeluropus lagopoides Kharo ga Poaceae Grass

7 Aerva perisca Bour Amaranthaceae Herb

8 Aloe barbadensis Kunvar Agavaceae Herb

9 Amaranthus viridis Rajgaro Amaranthaceae Herb

10 Apluda mutica Bhungario ga Poaceae Grass

11 Aristida adscensionis Lampdo Poaceae Grass

12 Aristida funiculata Laso lambh Poaceae Grass


83

13 Aristolochia biacteolata Kida mari Aristolochiaceae Climber

14 Avicennia marina Cheria Avicenniaceae Tree

15 Azadirachta indica Neem Meliaceae Tree

16 Balanites eagyptiaca Hingor Balanitaceae Tree

17 Barleria acanthoides Kandhari Acanthaceae Shrub

18 Barleria prionitis Pilo khantaserio Acanthaceae Shrub

19 Blumea lacera Chachadmar Asteraceae Herb

20 Boerhavia diffusa Rafadi Nyctaginaceae Herb

21 Bothriochloa ischemum Zenzvo Gha Poaceae Grass

22 Calotropis procera Akado Asclepiadaceae Shrub

23 Capparis decidua Kerado Capparidaceae Shrub

24 Cassia absus Chimed Caesalpiniaceae Herb

25 Cassia auriculata Avar Caesalpiniaceae Herb

26 Cassia tora Kuvadio Caesalpiniaceae Herb

27 Cenchrus biflorus Dhaman Gha Poaceae Grass

28 Cenchrus ciliaris Poaceae Grass

29 Cenchrus setiginus Poaceae Grass

30 Chloris barbata Rushad Gha Poaceae Grass

31 Clerodendrum phlomoides Arani Verbenaceae Shrub

32 Coccinis grandis Tindora Cucurbitaceae Climber

33 Corchorus depressus Munderi Tiliacaea Herb

34 Commelina diffusa Commelinaceae Herb

35 Commicarpus verticillatus Dhokariyar Nyctaginaceae Herb

36 Convolvulus auricomus Rushad nervi val Convolvulaceae Herb

37 Convolvulus microphyllus Mankhani Convolvulaceae Climber

38 Cordia gharaf Liyar Boraginaceae Tree

39 Cressa cretica Bukan Convolvulaceae Herb


84

40 Crotalaria bhuriya Khadasan Fabaceae Herb

41 Ctenolepis cerasiformis Dod val Cucurbitaceae Climber

42 Cucumis callosus Nindhatru Cucurbitaceae Climber

43 Cucumis prophetarum Indriyal Cucurbitaceae Climber

44 Cymbopogon jwarancusa Poaceae Grass

45 Cymbopogon martinii Rosha Gha Poaceae Grass

46 Cynodon dactylon Chhabbar Gha Poaceae Grass

47 Cyperus rotandus Kaluro Cyperaceae Sedge

48 Dactyliandra welwitschii Aankh Futamna Cucurbitaceae Climber

49 Dactyloctenium aegyptium Kagatango Gha Poaceae Grass

50 Dalechampia scandens Khaj Val Euphorbiaceae Climber

51 Datura metal Dhaturo Solanaceae Shrub

52 Desmostachya bipinnata Darab Poaceae Grass

53 Dicoma tomentosa Ashi Kandheri Asteraceae Herb

54 Dipcadi erythraeum Jangli Dungri Asparagaceae Herb

55 Dipteracanthus patulus Acanthaceae Herb

56 Echinops echinatus Utkanto Asteraceae Herb

57 Eclipta prostrata Jal Bhangro Asteraceae Herb

58 Elusine compressa Gandhiro Gha Poaceae Grass

59 Elusine indica Adbau Mandanu Poaceae Grass

60 Elionurus royleanus Poaceae Grass

61 Eragrastis tenella Kalavo Poaceae Grass

62 Eragrostis ciliaris Chichani Gha Poaceae Grass

63 Euphorbia hirta Vadi Dudheli Euphorbiaceae Herb

64 Evolvulus alsinoides Sani Buti Convolvulaceae Herb

65 Fagonia bruguieri Dhramu Zygophyllaceae Herb

66 Ficus benghalensis Vad Jo Zad Moraceae Tree


85

67 Ficus religiosa Piparo Moraceae Tree

68 Goniogyna hirta Undarkani Fabaceae Herb

69 Heliotropium curassavicum Boraginaceae Herb

70 Heliotropium marifolium Dungario Agio Boraginaceae Herb

71 Heliotropium supinum Ghedi Kharsan Boraginaceae Herb

72 Hibiscus ovalifolius Chanak Bhindo Malvaceae Herb

73 Hyphaene dichotoma Ravan Tad Arecaceae Tree

74 Indigofera cordifolia Gadar gari Fabaceae Herb

75 Indigofera linifolia Sani gari Fabaceae Herb

76 Indigofera oblongofolia Zeel Fabaceae Herb

77 Ipomoea pestigridis Fotiyar Convolvulaceae Climber

78 Justicia procumbens Kari Andhedi Acanthaceae Herb

79 Launaea procumbens Vadi Guraval Asteraceae Herb

80 Launaea resedifolia Dhariyai Guraval Asteraceae Herb

81 Lawsonia inermis Mandhi Lythraceae Shrub

82 Lepidagathis trinervis Tran kantho Acanthaceae Herb

83 Leptadenia pyrotechnica Khip Asclepiadaceae Herb

84 Leucas aspera Gumu Lamiaceae Herb

85 Luffa acutangula Adbau gisodi Cucurbitaceae Climber

86 Lycium barbarum Garothi Solanaceae Herb

87 Manilkara hexandra Rayan Sapotaceae Shrub

88 Merremia tridentata Jamar Val Convolvulaceae Herb

89 Mimosa hamata Zinjani Mimosaceae Herb

90 Mollugo pentaphylla Molluginaceae Herb

91 Mukia maderaspatensis Aankhfutamni Cucurbitaceae Climber

92 Oligochaeta ramosa Nilkandhari Asteraceae Herb

93 Parkinsonia aculeata Vilayti Bavar Caesalpiniaceae Herb


86

94 Pavonia arabica Rato Balbuwaro Malvaceae Herb

95 Pentatropis spiralis Dhidhiyal Apocynaceae Climber

96 Pergularia daemia Dudhar Val Asclepiadaceae Climber

97 Periploca aphylla Rati Khip Apocynaceae Herb

98 Peristrophe bicalyculata Lasi Adhedi Acanthaceae Herb

99 Phragmites karka Anchi Poaceae Grass

100 Phyllanthus fraternus Amari Euphorbiaceae Herb

101 Physalis mininma Fad Solanaceae Herb

102 Pithecellobium dulce Goras amali Mimosaceae Tree

103 Polygala erioptera Patsan Polygalaceae Herb

104 Polygonum plebium Ratnjyot Polygonaceae Herb

105 Prosopis cineraria Kando Mimosaceae Tree

106 Prosopis juliflora Gando Baval Mimosaceae Tree

107 Pulicaria wightiana Son fuladi Asteraceae Herb

108 Punica granatum Dadam Lythraceae Tree

109 Pupalia lappacea Ridha Bhurat Amaranthaceae Herb

110 Rhynchosia minima Magiri Fabaceae Herb

111 Rivea hypocrateriformis Fang val Convolvulaceae Climber

112 Salvadora persica Khari Zar Salvadoraceae Shrub

113 Sapindus laurifolius Arithe Jo Zad Sapindaceae Tree

114 Sesuvium portulacastrum Khariyu Aizoaceae Herb

115 Setaria glauca Sani Zipti Poaceae Grass

116 Sida cordata Nidhi dathuval Malvaceae Herb

117 Sida ovata Malvaceae Herb

118 Solanum incanum Ubhi Ringni Solanaceae Herb

119 Solanum surattense Pat Ringani Solanaceae Herb

120 Sonchus oleraceus Zambho gudpathri Asteraceae Herb


87

121 Sporobolus fertilis Khari Gha Poaceae Grass

122 Sporobolus helvolus Khevai Poaceae Grass

123 Suaeda nudiflora Morus Amaranthaceae Herb

124 Tamarindus indica Emali Caesalpiniaceae Tree

125 Taverniera cuneifolia Jathi madh Fabaceae Herb

126 Tephrosia candida Sarpankho Fabaceae Herb

127 Tephrosia purpurea Sarpankho Fabaceae Herb

128 Tridax procumbens Vilayati Bhangro Asteraceae Herb

129 Triumfetta rhomboidea Zepati Tiliacaea Herb

130 Triumfetta rotundifolia Bhurto Tiliacaea Herb

131 Typha angustata Gha Bajariu Typhaceae Sedge

132 Vallisneria spiralis Sevar Hydrocharitaceae Sedge

133 Vernonia cinerea Sadodi Asteraceae Herb

134 Ziziphus mauritiana Boedi Jo Zad Rhamnaceae Tree

135 Ziziphus nummularia Bordi Rhamnaceae Tree

136 Zornia gibbosa Sonvel Fabaceae Herb

4.14.7.2. Faunal diversity

4.14.7.2.1 Mammals

There are no major wild mammals in the study area of 10 km radius buffer zone where as 9

mammals’ species were recorded from the study area. Among the 9 mammals, 2 species are

schedule II, 1 species is schedule III, 4 species are schedule IV and 2 species is schedule V

category. The list of mammals and their conservation status is given in Table 4.21.

Table 4.21. List of mammals reported in the study area of buffer zone

S.No. Scientific name Common name IUCN-Category IWP Act 1972*

1 Boselaphus tragocamelus Nilgai or Blue bull Least concern Schedule III

2 Canis aureus Jackal Least concern Schedule II

3 Felis chaus Jungle Cat Least concern Schedule II


88

4 Funambulus pennantii Five-stripped Palm Squirrel

Least concern Schedule IV

5 Herpestes edwardsii Grey Mongoose Least concern Schedule IV

6 Hystrix indica Indian Porcupine Least concern Schedule IV

7 Lepus nigricollis Indian Hare Least concern Schedule IV

8 Rousettus leschenaulti Bat Least concern Schedule V

9 Tatera indica Indian Gerbil Least concern Schedule V

Source: Gujarat State Forest Department & Forest Officials, Jamnagar district

*IWP Act 1972: Indian Wildlife (Protection) Act, 1972

4.14.7.2.2. Domestic animals

The domestic animals observed in the study area were Cow, Buffalo, Goat, Dog, and Cat were

dominant domesticated animals. List of domestic animal are given in the Table 4.22

Table 4.22. Domestic animals in the study area

S.No. English/Hindi name Scientific name 1 Buffalo/Bhains Bulbalus bulbalis 2 Cat/Billi Felis catus 3 Chicken/Muraga Gallus gallus domesticus 4 Cow/Gai Bos primigenius 5 Dog/Kutta Canis lupus familiaris 6 Goat/Bakri Capra aegagrus

4.14.7.2.3. Birds

For the documentation of the faunal biodiversity of the study area with respect to birds, reptiles,

amphibians, and butterfly species, a baseline survey had been conducted.

Birds:The sighting ofbirdspecieswasverylassduringthestudyperiod.Themostcommonlyspotted

birdspeciesofthisareawere;CattleEgret,IntermediateEgret,Red−wattledLapwing,RockPigeon,

EurasianCollared−Dove,Chestnut−headed Bee−eater,BankMynaandCommonMyna.Waterbirdsare

verycommonascreekandseashorelineisthemajorpartfallsunderstudyarea. All the bird species listed

as Schedule IV as per IWPA, 1972. Checklist of Schedule species are given in the Table

4.23.

The saltpans, islands and intertidal coastal system with mangroves of proposed project area offer

plenty of facilities for feeding, breeding and shelter to a variety of birds. The mangroves were

often seen crowned with Grey herons, Pond herons, Painted storks, Large and small egrets,


89

Darters, Cormorants etc. During receding tide, hectic activity of various Gulls, Avocets,

Whimbrel, Curlew, Terns, Egrets, Grebes, and Plovers etc is common.

A study carried out during January 2018 to March 2018 revealed moderate avifaunal diversity in

the study area. Bird species photographs are given in Figure 3.2. Exotic species like Greater

Flamingo (Phoenica pterus ruber), Lesser Flamingo (Phoenica minor) and Eurasian Spoon Bill

(Platalea leucorodia) were commonly recorded, thus emphasizing the importance of the study

site. Greater Flamingo, Lesser Flamingo and Spoon Bills commonly occurred in salt pans. Both

Flamingos are beautiful birds, locally called ‘Hanj’, ‘Surkhab’ or ‘Lakhana Janaiyya’, with their

whitish to bright pink plumage offer a fascinating sight to an eco-tourist.

Table 4.23. List of birds observed in the study area

Scientific Name Local Name Common Name Schedule

Acc¡p¡ter bad¡us Shakro Shikra Schedule IV

Acr¡dotheres ¡ng¡n¡anus Ghoda kabar Bank Myna Schedule IV

Act¡t¡s hypoleucos Nani tutwari Sandpiper Schedule IV

Alauda arvens¡s Khari chakli Sky Lark Schedule IV

Amaurorn¡s phoen¡curus Safed chatari White−breasted Water hen Schedule IV

Anthus campestr¡s Pidi dhanchidi Pipit Schedule IV

Anthus sp¡noletta Panini Dhanchidi Water Pipit Schedule IV

Apus aJJ¡n¡s Moto Ababil Little Swift Schedule IV

Apus apus Ababil Common Swift Schedule IV

Aqu¡la clanga Kaljango Spotted Eagle Vulnerable

Aqu¡la hel¡acal Shahi Garud Imperial Eagle Vulnerable

Arcleola gray¡¡ Khokhadbaglo Heron Schedule IV

Ar¡h¡nga melanogaster Jalbhil Darter Schedule IV

Athene noctua Nani ghuwad Little Owl Schedule IV

Bubulcus ¡b¡s Dhorbaglo Cattle Egret Schedule IV

Capr¡mulgus as¡ast¡uc Sonara Nightjar Schedule IV


90

Carduel¡s carduel¡s Tapusiyu Goldfinch Schedule IV

Centropus s¡nens¡s Hoco Coucal LC

C¡con¡a c¡con¡a Badho White Stork Schedule IV

C¡rcus aerug¡nosus Panpatai Harrier Marsh LC

C¡rcus macrourus Panpatai Pallid Harrier NT

C¡rcus pygargus Panpatai Harrier Montagu's LC

Columba l¡v¡a Kabutar Rock Pigeon LC

Corac¡as benghalens¡s Deshi Neelkanth Indian Roller LC

Courser coromandel¡cus Rangodhlo Courser LC

Covus splendens Kagdo Crow Schedule IV

Cursor¡us coromandel¡cus Rangodhlo Courser LC

Cyan¡stes caeruleus Chikyu Blue Tit Schedule IV

Dendrocygna b¡color Nani bawk Duck Schedule IV

D¡crurus macrocercus Kado kosi Black drongo Schedule IV

Egretta garzetta Baglo Little Egret Schedule IV

Egretta gu!ar¡s Karobaglo Black Egret LC

Elanus caeruleus KapasiƒLaudharo Black−winged Kite Schedule IV

Eph¡pp¡orhynchusas¡at¡cus Dhonk Black necked Stork Schedule IV

J¡cedula pa¡va Chatki ma khimar Flycatcher Schedule IV

Jul¡ca atra Dasadi Common Coot Schedule IV

Gall¡nula chloropus Jalmurgi Moorhen LC

Grus grus Kunj Crane Schedule IV

Grus v¡rgo Kunj Demoiselle Crane LC

Halcyon coromanda Kalkalio White breasted Schedule IV

Halcyon smyrnens¡s Moto Kalkalio White−throated Kingfisher

Schedule IV

lan¡us excub¡tor Dhori lefaddi Great Grey Shrike Schedule IV


91

laws brunn¡cephalus Gull Gull brown headed LC

l¡mosa l¡mosa Motagadero Black Tailed godwit NT

Megala¡ma haemacephala Kansaro Coppersmith Schedule IV

Merops leschenault¡ Tarklo Chestnut−headed Bee-eater LC

Mesophoyx ¡ntermed¡a Vachetdholo baqlo Intermediate Egret Schedule IV

Motac¡lla c¡nerea Diwaliyo Grey Wagtail Schedule IV

Motac¡lla Jlava Pilo Divaliyo Yellow Wagtail Schedule IV

Musc¡capa str¡ata Nanu Chikyu Spotted Flycatcher Schedule IV

Mycter¡a leucocephala Dhonk Painted Stork Schedule IV

Nectar¡n¡a as¡at¡ca Jǎmbali Sunbird Purple Sunbird Schedule IV

Nectar¡n¡a m¡n¡ma Motu Duriyu Crimson−backed Sunbird

Schedule IV

Parus major Tikdi Great Tit Schedule IV

Passer domest¡cus ChakIi Sparrow LC

Pelecanus cr¡spus Pen Pelican Schedule IV

Pelecanus onocrota¡us Gulabi Pen Pelican Schedule IV

Pellomeum palustr¡s Babbler Marsh Babbler Schedule IV

Phalacrocorax Jusc¡coll¡s Vichetkajio Cormorant Indian Schedule IV

Phalacrocorax n¡ger Nanokajio Little Cormorant Schedule IV

Phalacrocorax Jusc¡coll¡s Pani Kagdo Cormorant Schedule IV

Ph¡lomachus pugnax Tilio Ruff LC

Phoen¡copterus m¡nor Nano Surkabh Flamingo Schedule IV

P¡cus v¡r¡d¡s Lakkadkhod Green Woodpecker Schedule IV

Platalea leucorod¡a Chamchichanch Eurasian Spoonbill Schedule IV

Platalea ajaja Gulabi chamchichanch

Spoonbill Schedule IV

Ploceus ph¡l¡pp¡nus Sugari Baya weaver Schedule IV


92

Ps¡ttacula kramer¡ Popat Rose−ringed Parakeet Schedule IV

Pteroc¡es exustus Batumdi Sandgrouse Schedule IV

Pycnonotus caJer Bulbul Bulbul Schedule IV

Rostratula benghalens¡s Kuriyari Greater Painted−snipe Schedule IV

Sterna alb¡Jmns Nana vabagli Little Tern LC

Streptopel¡a decaocto Holdi Eurasian Collared− Dove Schedule IV

Streptopel¡a or¡enta¡¡ Holdi Rufous Turtle Dove Schedule IV

Surn¡culus lugubr¡s Kaliyakoshi Drongo Cuckoo Schedule IV

Tachybaptus ruJ¡coll¡s Dubki Little Grebe Schedule IV

Thalassarchemelanophris Ebi Seagull Schedule IV

Throsk¡orn¡s melanocephalus

Dhorikankansar Black headed ibis Schedule IV

Turdo¡des caudatus Lelu Common Babbler Schedule IV

Vanellus ¡nd¡cus Titodi Lapwing Schedule IV


93

Fig 4.14. Aquatic birds of resident and local migratory category

4.14.7.2.4.Herpetofauna

Based on field observations and the available secondary data information (local inhabitants and

Forest Department of Jamnagar district), a total of 14 herpetofauna species were recorded from

the study areas of core and buffer zones. Checklist of herpetofauna and their conservation status

are given in Table 4.24.


94

Table 4.24. Checklist of Herpeto fauna encountered in the study area

S.No. Scientific name Common name IUCN-Category IWP Act 1972*

1 Bufo melanostictus Common Indian Toad

2 Calotes versicolor Indian Garden Lizard

3 Cyrtodactylus kachhensis

Lizard

4 Echis carinatus Indian Saw-Scaled Viper

Schedule IV

5 Eryx johni Indian Sand Boa

6 Euphlyctis cyanophlyctis Skittering frog Least Concern Schedule IV

7 Hemidactylus leschenaulti

Gecko

8 Mabuya macularia Grass Shink

9 Naja oxiana Black Cobra Data deficient Schedule II

10 Ophiosops jerdonii Jerdon's Snake-Eye

11 Ptyas mucosus Rat Snake

12 Rana cyanophlyctis Skipping frog Least Concern

13 Sitana ponticeriana Fan-Throated Lizard Least Concern

14 Sphalerosophis diadema Royal Snake

*IWP Act 1972: Indian Wildlife (Protection) Act, 1972

Butterflies

A total of 24 butterfly species were recorded during the presentstudy (Table 4.25). Speciessuch

as Chocolate Pansy, Common Jezebel, Plain Tiger, Common Crow, and CommonGrass Yellow

were seen frequently in and around the proposed project site. Whereas the species CrimsonRose

in abundance and Blue Mormon are thecommon species found occurring in the present study

area.The distributions of these species restricted to thePeninsular India and Srilanka (Kunte,

2000). Butterfly photographs are shown in Figure 4.15.


95

Table 4.25. List of butterflies in the study area.

S.No. Zoological name Common name

1 Junonia orytha Blue Pansy

2 Tirumala limniace Blue Tiger

3 Junonia iphita Chocolate Pansy

4 Euthalia garuda Common Baron

5 Jamides celeno Common Cerulean

6 Catopsilia pomona Common emigrant

7 Eurema hecabe Common Grass yellow

8 Euploea core Common Indian Crow

9 Delias eucharis Common Jezebel

10 Phalanta phalanta Common Leopard

11 Papilio polytes Common Mormon

12 Neptis hylas Common sailor

13 Parantica algae Glassy Tiger

14 Euchrysops cnejus Gram Blue

15 Hypolimnas bolina Great Egg Fly

16 Junonia atlites Grey Pansy

17 Spialia galba Indian Skipper

18 Junonia lemonias Lemon Pansy

19 Junonia almana Peacock Pansy

20 Anaphaeis aurota Pioneer

21 Danaus chrysippus Plain Tiger

22 Abisara echerius Plum Judy

23 Danaus genutia Striped Tiger

24 Junonia hierta Yellow Pansy


96

Danaus chrysippus Euchrysops cnejus

Euthalia garuda Jamides celeno

Junonia orithya

Neptis hylas

Phalanta phalantha Tirumala limniace

Fig 4.15. Butterflies encountered in the study area


97

4.15.LAND USE/LAND COVER

4.15.1 Introduction

As per our seeking towards areas of critical concern for environmental control such as flood

plains and wetlands, energy resource development and production areas, wildlife habitat,

recreational lands and areas such as major residential and industrial development sites, we

require the analysis of Land Use Land Cover for establishing / Expansion of an Industry. The

survey and studies of past several years conclude that the Remote Sensor data is acquiring a vital

area in the field of land use and land cover mapping. The knowledge of Land Use/ Land Cover is

important for many planning and management activities as it is considered as an essential

element for modeling and understanding the earth system. The term Land Use relates to the

human activity or economic function associated with a specific piece of Land, while the term

Land Cover relates to the type of feature present on the surface of the earth (Lillesand and

Kiefer, 2000).

Land use maps are presently being developed from local to National to Global Scales. The

satellite Remote Sensing technology has found its acceptance worldwide for rapid resource

assessment and monitoring, particularly in the developing world. National Aeronautical and

Space Administration (NASA) of USA has made most significant contribution with Satellite

based Remote Sensing Techniques. Since 1972, after the Landsat-1 has launched, remote sensing

technology and its application has undergone a tremendous change in terms of sensing

development, aerial flights with improved sensors, satellite design development and operations

including data reception, processing and interpretation and utilization of satellite images. All

these advancements have widened the applicability of Remotely Sensed data in various areas,

like forest cover, vegetation type mapping, and their changes in regional scale. If satellite data is

judiciously used along with the sufficient ground data, it is possible to carry out detailed forest

inventories, monitoring of land use and vegetation cover at various scales.

4.15.2 Study Area

This proposed expansion project site is located at Rozi Pier Port (Gujarat Maritime Board). The

latitude and longitudes as observed in the site by GPS are 22°34´1.68"N / 70°2´23.94"E. The

Location is given in Figure 3.12 and satellite image of the site enclosed.


98

4.15.3 Social infrastructure

Bedi Port Road network, Transportation facilities, water supply, Power supply, Fire station,

Hospitals, Telecommunication facility, Schools, Community centres, etc., are available at Rozi

bet located at a distance of 3.8 km South from site location and also available in nearby villages.

4.15.4 Surrounding features

Surrounding features of the project around 10 Km radius are summarized in below Table4.26.

Table 4.26. Project Surrounding Features

S. No. Area Distance (Km) 1 Bedi bangar Creek 0.1 2 Hadda Creek 0,8 3 Shanka Creek 8.6

4 Lakhota lake 13.7

4.15.5.Data acquisition

4.15.5.1. Topographical data

Topographical maps of Survey of India (SOI) were obtained for land use study as well to

develop contour and drainages pattern of area.

The soil in the project site and in the study area is mostly clayey, medium black. Dominantly the

soil is very deep, well drained and fine to medium textured. In Study area, soil having high water

and moisture retention capacity due to clay contain, clay belong to montmorilonite mineralogy.

Sl. No. Toposheet No. Type Format

1 F42J14 Scanned TIFF 2 F42K2 Scanned TIFF 3 F42J15 Scanned TIFF

4.15.5.2.Satellite Data

The satellite IRS P-6 LISSIV (Resourcesat 2) images (Date: 20-04-2017,27-05-2017) were

obtained from National Remote Sensing Centre (NRSC) Hyderabad.

4.15.6.Methodology

The overall methodology adopted and followed to achieve the objectives of the present study

involves the following steps:


99

Collection of source data of SOI toposheets. These are the main inputs for the preparation

of essential layers.

Satellite data of IRS P6 LISSIV sensor is geometrically corrected and enhanced using

principal component method and Nearest Neighborhood resampling technique.

Preparation of basic themes like layout map, transport & settlement map and contour map

from the source data. Then updating of layout map, transport map and drainage map from

the satellite image by visual interpretation.

Essential maps (related to natural resources) like Land use / Land cover map are prepared

by visual interpretation of the satellite imagery. Visual interpretation is carried out based

on the image characteristics like tone, size, shape, pattern, texture, location, association,

background etc. in conjunction with existing maps/ literature.

Preliminary quality check and necessary corrections are carried out for all the maps

prepared.

All the maps prepared are converted into soft copy by digitization of contours and

drainages. In that process editing, labeling, mosaicing, quality checking, data integration

etc are done, finally Land use areas are measured in Square Kilometers.


100

Fig.4.16. Satellite image with site location in 10 km radius


101

4.15.7. Flow chart of methodology

4.15.8.Land use Map Analysis

Land use Map Analysis done based on the image color, texture, Tone etc. Following steps are

used to analyze the Land use pattern of project site:

Collection of scanned toposheets and Georeference the scanned image using the available

coordinates.

Collection of IRS LISS IV images and made fused and blended the images for color

combinations using Image Interpreter-Utilities and Layer stack option available in

ERDAS.

Identification AOI and made a buffer of 10km radius.


102

Enhance the Fused and blended LISSIV image using the Spatial, Radiometric and

Temporal options in ERDAS.

Rectified the LISSIV image using Georeferencing technique, Toposheet to get UTM

coordinate system.

Subset the LISS images and Toposheet using 10Kms buffer AOI.

Automatic classifications done for LISSIV images using maximum iterations and number

of options in unsupervised classification options.

Created the signature file by selecting the more samples of different features with AOI on

Unsupervised classification image.

Visual interpretation and supervised classification mixed with recoding practice.

Gone through the QC / QA and finalized the data.

4.15.9.Spatial Data from SOI Topographical Sheets

Creating a GIS spatial database is a complex operation, and is the heart of the entire work; it

involves data capture, verification and structuring processes. Because raw geographical data are

available in many different analogue and digital form such as toposheets, aerial photographs,

satellite imageries and tables. Out of all these sources, the source of toposheets is of much

concern to natural resource scientist and an environmentalist.

In the present study, the essential maps generated from SOI topographical maps. Using the

topographical maps, the drainage map and contour Map were also developed. The maps are

prepared to a certain scale and with attributes complying with the requirement of TOR. The

location of entities on the earth’s surface is then specified by means of an agreed co-ordinate

system. For most GIS, the common frame of co-ordinate system used for the study is UTM co-

ordinates system. All the maps are first Geo-referenced. The same procedure is also applied on

remote sensing data before it is used to prepare the essential maps.

4.15.10.Map for Project location on Toposheet.

The map with topographic information is to show the clear position of the project location with

nearby villages and roads drainage patterns, Industries and landmark features in Fig 4.17.

Map for the industries, surface water bodies in the study area.

The map Figure 4.18& 4.19 clearly indicates the site location, Creeks, Ponds; drains are

connected to main streams and small drains. Small linear water bodies are found around the site.


103

Fig 4.17. 10 km radius of topomap


104

Fig 4.18. Showing roads, railways, built-up area in 10 km radius area


105

Fig 4.19. Showing water bodies in the 10 km radius area


106

The map clearly indicates the location. Creeks are connected to main streams and small drains.

Water bodies like Bedi bangar Creek, Hadda Creek, Shanka Creek, Lakhota Lake are found

around the site.

There are many small, medium and large scale industries are found within Industrial Estate

within 10km radius from the site location.

There are many built-up areas are found within 10km radius those are Rozibet,

Bedeswar,Senanagar,Jamnagar etc.

There is a clear road network connecting built-up areas and industries. Hence, no new roads are

to be planned at this moment.

As the terrain conditions are flat, minimal undulations and good drainage network around the site

location, there is no chance of flooding. Hence risk factors are less.

4.15.11.National Park/Wild life sanctuary/Reserve Forest within 10 km radius of the

project.

No Forest found around 10km radius from the project site.

4.15.12.Map for the Land Use Land Cover in the study area

Land use map Figure 4.20 showing the classifications of the land with different colours. While

classifying many remote sensing techniques like supervisory – unsupervisory classification

methodologies applied and also sampling techniques used for better results.

During classification in ERDAS & ArcGIS software’s found some doubtful locations which are

marked separately and verified those areas during ground truth validations.

Below are some of the details during ground truth validations.

Land uses classes are interpreted from the satellite image and same is been cross checked with

ground, in order to meet the accurate feature classes firstly verified highways and found no major

changes. Secondly verified the settlements around 10km buffer from the project site and found

no changes on the ground. Verified the water bodies and found no major changes. Verified

plantation and scrub land found that there is no much change. Verified Agricultural Fallow land

and fallow land found bit change on the ground due to seasonal variations i.e fallow land is

changed from 3.1 to 3.01% and Agricultural Fallow land was changed from 3.9% to 4.01%

(Table 4.27).

Above changes have been updated in the final Land use map, Land use statistics and report.


107

Fig 4.20. Showing land use in the 10 km radius area


108

Table 4.27. Land use land cover statistics of buffer zone

LULC Statistics Sl No LULC_Class Area (Ha) Area (%)

1 WaterBodies 1736.52 6% 2 Settlment 1424.28 5% 3 Sea 10200.92 32% 4 RoadNetwork 1598.84 5% 5 Open Scrub 1483.68 5% 6 Agricultural Fallow Land 1290.34 4% 7 Mangrove Swamp 6012.68 19% 8 Mud 2616.22 8% 9 Dry Land 2213.11 7%

10 Saltpan 2112.68 7% 11 Fallow Land 812.68 3%

31501.94 100.00

Fig 4.21. Graphical presentation of Land use Land Cover statistics

From the details above, it is clearly that the area is mostly covered with Sea, Mangrove swamp,

Saltpan, Agricultural Fallow land around 32 %, 19%, 7%,4% around respectively of the total

area. The Fallow land is with 3.01%, which is taken up for cultivation but is temporarily allowed

to rest, un-cropped for one or more season, but not less than one year. Thus, total cultivable land

is 7.01% (Fig 4.21).


109

Around the Agricultural fallow land the Settlement (Built-up Land) is located and occupies

around 5 % with Industries are covering 3% and Roads 5% of the total study area. It is an area of

human habitation developed due to non-agricultural use and that has a cover of buildings,

transport and communication, utilities in association with water, vegetation and vacant lands.

The Open scrub, Dry land is 5%, 7% respectively in the total study area. The proposed project is

on the sea coast land and does not have any significant impact on the surrounding villages and

habitation.

The water bodies cover 6.01% Creeks of the total area. The water bodies cover drainage and

Creeks cover. These areas have a very prominent signature and can be seen as almost Dark blue

and light blue in the satellite image.

4.15.13.Map for the Digital Elevation Model and contour in the study area

Contour elevations showing in the maps are between 0 meters to 20 meters within 10km buffer

area. Elevation at proposed site location is 0 Meters. Ground terrain broadly says is flat and

undulations are less. Figure 4.22 showing the contour map.

Digital Elevation Model (DEM) map shown inFigure 4.23. Map is showing terrain levels with

different colours representation for easy understanding of the ground terrain.

4.15.14.Impacts& Mitigation Measures:

The proposed plant in Coast area consist of Built-up area, greenery, BT/CC roads area, Parking

area and Open / lawn area etc., which is under possession of project proponent. Hence, there are

no R&R issues involved in the proposed expansion project as it is industrial area.

There is no ecologically sensitive area within 10km of radial distance from proposed project

boundary. No wildlife sanctuaries, National parks, Tiger or elephant reserves exist in 10km

radius. Also no migration route of avifauna presents in 10 km radius.

No land cutting or filling activity is involved during construction / operation of the plant as the

site is mostly plain land and hence the land degradation is not envisaged

As mentioned, no site levelling and grading activities are involved in the project site. However,

the following measures will be adopted for management of local land use:

As soon as construction is completed, the surplus soil if any will be utilized to fill up the low

lying areas, the rubbish is to be cleared and all un-built surfaces be reinstated.


110

Fig 4.22. Showing contours in the 10 km radius area


111

Fig 4.23. Showing Digital elevation model in the 10 km radius are


112

4.16. SOCIO ECONOMIC ENVIRONMENT

4.16.1. Overview

The socio economic study includes the processes of analysing, monitoring and managing the

intended and unintended social consequences, both positive and negative aspects. The socio-

economic baseline on demographic patterns, economic and livelihood profile and infrastructure

facilities, community perception and mitigation measures in the study area. Based on the data is

compiled in this section, the impact assessment will predict and evaluate any potential impacts of

the proposed project on the local community, livelihoods and other social systems.

The study area presented in the socio-economic baseline comprises of the following:

Proposed project location – within the limits of Rozi Pier Port, Jamnagar, Gujarat, India

Profile of settlements within a radius of 10 km around the proposed project location.

To identify the impact of socioeconomic factors and mitigating measure within the study

areas.

Public awareness and their concern about theproject.

The socio-economic baseline has been prepared on the basis of a review of available secondary

sources of information as well as primary consultations in the locality of the project area. I

addition to this, a sample survey of 100 people has also been undertaken to assess their and

awareness and perceptions about the proposed project.

4.16.2. DemographicStructure

The total population of Jamnagar district is 2160119 and it constitutes 3.57 percent of total

population of Gujarat State. Jamnagar taluka is most populated having 8,51,948 persons. Urban

population of the Jamnagar district is 44.95 %. Except Jodiya and Lalpur talukas, all the talukas

of district are urbanized and Jamnagar taluka has highest urbanization (76.20%). The population

density (152) is almost half that of the state average (308) signifying the area to be far flung.

Jamnagar district have higher sex ratio 939 as compared to state (919) and is likely to fall in the

future as per trend seen in the last decade. The child sex ratio is also higher (904) than the state

average of 890. The rural-urban distribution of population shows that the district has a slightly

higher percentage (44.95%) of households staying in urban locations when compared with state

average (42.6%). The urban population growth during the last decade had been 1.1% which is

lower than Gujarat Urbanization (5.2 %). In Jamnagar district, scheduled caste population is


113

higher than the state average (7.09 %), whereas the S.T Population is meagre (1.12%) than the

state average of 14.75%.

In rural areas of Jamnagar of the total 230295 households, 16.24% households get tap water from

treated source, 66.74% households get from covered source and 17.02 % get from un-covered

sources. In urban locations of the district, for drinking water there are various sources. About

63.82 households get tap water supplied from treated sources, 29.95 % get water from covered

sources and the rest 6.24 % from uncovered sources. In rural areas about 34.83 % households

having latrine facilities within the premises. The scenario in the urban location however shows

better situation. About 83.82% households have latrine facilities within their premises. In

Jamnagar district 86.44% of the total households in rural areas have electrical connection within

their house. The urban location shows that 96.62% of the households have direct connection of

electricity.

Fig. : Total population with Male, Female

in the study area, District Jamnagar, Gujarat

Fig. : Sex ratio in the study area,

District Jamnagar, Gujarat

Fig.: Literacy Rate of the study area,


Fig.: Employment Pattern of

working population in the study

area, District Jamnagar, Gujarat


114

Fig. 4.24 : Main worker employment Pattern of working population in the study area,


4.16.3. Literacy & Education

The overall literacy in Jamnagar stood at 73.65 percent, while the male literacy and female

literacy stood at 81.50 and 65.33 respectively in 2011. Moreover, the overall gap between male

and female literacy has been 16.18 in 2011 in Jamnagar. While the gap between male and female

literacy in rural area has been 18.77 in 2011, whereas the gap between male and female literacy

in urban area has been 12.90 in 2011. In, Jamnagar the total number of schools has increased

during last decade. In primary education, most of the schools (82.45%) are administered by local

bodies.

Student enrolments in Jamnagar depicts fluctuating trend at primary level and at upper primary

level during last few years. The Net Enrolment Ratio (NER) at primary level for Boys & Girls in

Jamnagar has increased. The NER for Boys increased from 88.62 (2003-04) to 98.31 (2013-14),

while NER for Girls has improved from 85.49 (2003-04) to 97.09 (2013-14).

The dropout Rate in Class 1-5 decreased from 6.56 in 2009-10 to 2.12 in 2013-14. There has

been an impressive upturn in the retention rate from 70.60% (2002-03) to 84.60%(2011-12).

The Student Teacher Ratio in the district is 26:1 (2013-14) which is within the standard set as per

the national goals i.e. 33:1. The schools in Jamnagar district show improvement in terms of

bettering the ratio of Female teachers at the primary level. In 2004-05, Female to Male teacher

ratio was 0.92:1 which increased to 1.04:1 in 2011-12. This likely to improve the retention of

girls at the lower level and also diminish drop outs.


115

During past one decade, huge amount of resources has been spent by the Government to better

the Student Classroom Ratio by increasing the number of classrooms in each of the existing

schools. As a result, this ratio decreased to 22:1 (2013-14) from 29:1 (2009-10) at primary level.

The number of Schools runs by private institutions and individuals has seen a two hold increase

during the last one decade. There has also been a corresponding increase in the enrolment in

these schools (+75 %). As a result of Sarva Shiksha Abhiyan (SSA), all (100%) the secondary

schools are equipped with the physical amenities like electricity, drinking water, sanitation and

playground.

To reduce the cost of expenditure on parents and to attract students to the schools, Government is

providing incentives in the form of Text Book, Uniform, and Stationery etc. to students.

4.16.4. Health

As per Census 2011, Sex ratio of the Jamnagar district (939) has declined marginally as

compared to Census 2001, but it is far better that the Sex ratio of the State (919). Child Sex ratio

of Jamnagar (904) has shown a sign of improvement as compare to previous decade (898). The

pace of decadal growth rate of population has also shown a slowed down which is a good sign

for the district that ever increasing population is now showing some sign of deceleration. The

natural rate of growth of population (NRGP) is lower than the State average which implies that

the district is expected to experience relatively rapid demographic transition along with economic

development as compare to the Stateaverage.

Jamnagar district is well equipped with Health Infrastructure but availability of Health Personal

is not adequate. Most of the CHC in the district is absent of specialist doctors. Situation is almost

same for Hospitals also. BOR of the District hospital & mental hospital are 56 per cent and 63

per cent respectively, which implies they are notoverburdened.

During the year 2012-13, about 88 per cent of pregnant women of rural areas of the district have

received 3 check-ups while for urban areas the figure is only around 80 per cent. In terms of

Institutional Delivery, the district has achieved considerable success. During 2012-13, district

reported institutional delivery at rural areas about 91 per cent and for urban areas it is around 95

per cent. Almost all talukas have reported institutional delivery around 90 percent during 2011-

12. Child immunization performance for the district is also remarkable. During 2012-13, around

99 per cent of children have been immunized fully. With respect to new born care also, the


116

district performance is better than the overall State performance. Similarly, in terms of

malnourished children the district performance is appreciable. Jamnagar is having only 12 per

cent underweight children (0M-6Y) as against 19 per cent for State and only 1 per cent severely

underweight children till March2014.

4.16.5. Livelihood

The livelihood is very much dependent on natural and economic endowments and institutional

arrangements. Agriculture holds significant position in the economy of Jamnagar District.

Almost 48.56% of working population is engaged in agriculture sector out of which 64.23% are

cultivators and 35.77% are agricultural labourers. The total reported area of Jamnagar is about 10

Lakh hectares, of which 3.20% is forest, 10.96% is under non-agricultural use and 5.38% is

grazingland. % of Cropping Intensity in the district increased from 113.52 in 2005-06 to 124.05

in 2010-11. The agricultural land in the district is distributed across 211629 farmers and

institutions (2010- 11). The average land holding of the district in the year 2010-11 is around

3.79 ha and the range is between 0.61 to 24.05 ha.

Productivity is an important determinant of return to the farmers which has bearing on their

livelihood. The district shows a dominance of cash crops (oil seed and lint) over the food crops

(cereal and pulse). The reason is that, the preference for the high value crop (cotton, groundnut)

got introduced through the extension services of public and private players.

Government canals and Wells are the main sources of irrigation within the district. The total net

irrigated area of the district is about a fourth of the total land put to agriculture. The area under

irrigation increases from 24.36% in 2005-06 to 42.88% in 2007-08. Work Participation Rate

(WPR) in the district has marginally increased from 38.56% in 2001 to 39.23% in 2011. In one

decade, Male WPR has increased nearly about 4% whereas female WPR has decreased by 2%.

Agricultural labourers have increased from 14.40% to 17.37% in last decade.

Fisheries and marine resources constitute another important source of livelihood in the coastal

talukas. The sea coast is the main source of fisheries in Jamnagar. The fishing population is

found in Jamnagar, Khambhalia, Okhamandal, Jodia and Kalyanpur talukas only. During 2006-

07, 2181 mechanized and 407 non – mechanized boats were active for fishing. They landed

approximately 67,146 Metric Tons of marine fish production in2011-12.

Jamnagar district caters over 70% of the country’s requirement for brass parts supply. Salt


117

industry is well developed with around 17 salt work unit operational in the district. 34,000 people

get employment in Micro, Small and Medium enterprises(MSME).

4.16.6. Community perception

A primary perception survey was conducted to predict the intended and unintended

consequences in the study area. A method of survey was administered for this study. In this

connection, samples of 100 participants are participated from the villages of bed,Naghedi Matva,

Chnadraga, Bavariay have been collected by covering various (See table -) age groups,

communities, gender, educational qualification, nature of work, economical status and other

major variable. in this connection, respondents were asked for their awareness/opinion about the

project and also of their opinion about the impacts of the project which is an important aspect of

socioeconomic environment viz. job opportunities, education, health care, housing,

transportation facility and economic status. Apart from the demographical and other primary

information, the survey questionnaire was focused on 41 items with 6 major dimensions such as:

1) Economical; 2) Public Infrastructure and services; 3) Social/cultural; 4) Environmental; 5)

Health and well-being 6) Psychological/personal.

Name No_HH

TOT_P

TOT_M

TOT_F

P_06

P_SC

P_ST

P_LIT

P_ILL

M_ILL

F_ILL

TOT_WORK_P

NON_WORK_P

Khimrana 977 5444

2774 2670

696

51 0 3447

1997

837 1160

2243 3201

Naghedi 740 3758

1986 1772

585

278

0 1973

1785

746 1039

1603 2155

Bed 1547 8229

4222 4007

1163

172

115

4765

3464

1472

1992

2954 5275

Mungani 609 3163

1634 1529

408

341

0 2080

1083

444 639 1008 2155

Sapar 477 2364

1176 1188

351

495

90 1505

859 330 529 918 1446

Amra 802 4597

2356 2241

533

172

0 2848

1749

689 1060

2484 2113


118

Kansumara

444 2546

1306 1240

366

284

0 1485

1061

451 610 909 1637

Hapa 287 1538

803 735 169

28 0 964 574 226 348 657 881

source: www.census.org

4.16.7. Infrastructure facilities in the study area

The infrastructure resources like education, medical facility, communication, road approach,

drinking water, power and transport are presented in Table. The infrastructure resources details

have been abstracted from Household Amenities and Assets of Gujarat state, Jamnagar District.

4.16.8. Education: As per 2011, a village directory record shows that all villages have primary

and secondary school facilities. The institutes and colleges are located in Jamnagar city and are

connected by well-constructed roads. It gives good opportunity to students to take various

courses, as they can travel for education purpose to Jamnagar city in a shorter time.

4.16.9. Water facility: Water supply in the region is adequate to meet daily needs. Water is

available through well connected pipelines, well, hand pumps, rivers and other allied sources.

4.16.10. Communication and Transportation: Communication facility is outstanding in this

region. The entire study area is well connected with, railway and road and navigable waterway.

Different types of roads exist in the study area like mud road, asphalted roads and concreteroad.

4.16.11. Power Supply: Electric power is one of the basic and key infrastructures in the growing

economy. It occupies a distinct role in the development of industryand agriculture. It is also a key

factor in the socio-economic transformation in rural areas. All villages having electricity and is

available for all-purposes.

4.16.12. Medical/Primary Health Care: Most of the villages have Medical facility in the form

of Community Health Centre (CHC) and Community Medical Centre (CMC), as shown in Plates

3.6.3 and 3.6.4.


119

4.16.13. EconomicAttributes

Economic attributes mainly depend upon its economically active group i.e., the working

population involved in the productive work. Work may be defined as participation in any

economically productive activity. Such participation may be physical or mental in nature. It also

includes unpaid work on farm or in family enterprise.

The majority of workers belongs to the category of main other workers 13721, 2358 main

cultivators, 1469 main agriculture whereas, main household are found to be149

There are 17707 (29.85%) main worker, 1152 (1.94%) marginal worker and non-worker

39649 (66.84%).

4.16.14.Health Status

Government health institutions are divided into four categories district level, rural hospital,

primary health center and subcenters. A district hospital typically has a major health care facility

in the region, with large numbers of beds for intensive care and long-term care; and specialized

facilities for surgery, plastic surgery, childbirth and laboratory facilities which are available to

the public.

PHCs remain the first contact between village community and medical officer. Medical officer is

supported by 14 paramedical and other staffs. It acts as a referral unit for 6 sub centers. It has 4-6

beds for patients.

The sub-center is the most peripheral health unit and first contact point between the primary

health center system and the community. Each sub-center has one female health worker, one

female assistant and one health assistant to supervise the six-sub center.

During discussion with the district Medical officer of Jamnagar, it was found that the general

prevailing diseases in the project region are malaria, diarrhea, dysentery and viral fever. The

health problems as reported could be attributed due to improper sanitation, mosquito nuisance

and water logging in the villages.

4.16.15. Cultural and AestheticAttributes

The Jamnagar district has a range of tourist attractions such as beaches, cliffs, parks on the

hilltop facing the sea, long drives along the beach road, a zoological park, a submarine museum,

hill stations, limestone caves and mountain ranges, all within 100 km from the city.


120

4.16.16. Community perception and impact of various domains

People are not aware about this project. Remaining (19%) people said that there are aware about

this project from friend and family members.

4.16.17. Economical Impact

This area focuses on respondents’ perception on economical impact. In this connection, the items

of increasing of land, labour cost, overall income and other related questions were incorporated.

The major construction activities for the proposed project will include mainly wall construction

& other associated outlets and mechanical erection. These construction materials to be used will

involve raw materials which are non‐hazardous in nature such as steel, cement, gravel, rock,

earth etc. Other requirements of the construction will be a usage of i) construction equipment ii)

transportation vehicles iii) skilled and unskilled labour. This proposal would mean development

of this area on lines with progressive policy of Govt. ofGujarat, The proponent has planned to

recruit numbers of skilled, semi‐skilled and unskilled manpower during the construction phase

and indirect employment through contracts for civil construction, mechanical erection,

electrification, piping works and associatedamenities During the construction phase, the

proposed project is expected to employ about 100 people of various skills which would mean

income to about 100people. During project implementation, demand for goods and services

required for project will either directly or indirectly contribute the growth of other sectors such

as cement, Steel, heavy and light engineering industries, automobile sectors, construction

equipment manufacturing industries, transport sector and otherservices

However, the proposed jetty is located at onshore. Hence, it may have an impact on fisheries

communities, those who are depended on fishing related activates. Another side, Ship traffic may

disturb pleasure boat cruising and fishery boat operations.

4.16.18. Social & Cultural impacts

This domain focused on social and cultural aspect like, effect of migration, culture, social norms,

and other major aspect. It was observed that social aspects the people who are living in study

area need not be relocated their place because the proposed project is located on sea shore and

this proposed project is already existed and one of the oldest ports in Jamnagr. As a part a

development of the project, its going for expansion. However, during construction process,


121

outside the people need to be in-migrating on temporary and permanent bases. Even though,

there will not be impact on social and cultural norms. Most of the responded said there would be

no impact on their cultural and tradition, no break ups in cohesion and differences in social and

cultural norms due to this project because most of the communities in the Jamnagar are directly

and indirectly depended on port related profession.

4.16.19. Health & wellbeing impacts

This dimension focused into the impact of health and wellbeing due to proposed project. In this

connection, the questions related to health are raised like; any chronic diseases, effect on next

generation, medical dependence with this project. Majority of the people responded that there

would not be any health impact due to this project. From negative points of view, it was

generally observed the following impacts: In case of leakage of Oil and oily wastes discharged

from ships may reach nearby beaches and spoil recreational activities, which cause serious

damage to fisheries and tourism.

4.16.20. Public infrastructure & services

This dimension covered the public infrastructure and services related items, in this connection,

the proposed project has more faculties with public infrastructure and services, hence, People in

the study area have high expectations from the potential of improvement in new roads, public

infrastructure in the immediate vicinity of the project area. Jamnagar has many infrastructures

like black top roads, railway, medical facilities, schools, colleges and banks. Due to enhancement

of works in this site, it gives more development in related to infrastructure.

4.16.21. Psychological and personal Impact

Personal and psychological impact is related to perception towards this project. i.e., attitude on

project, benefits for you and your village and fear of losing your goal with this project and other

major personal and psychological aspects. It was noticed that most (72%) of the respondents

believed that this project enhances their quality of life due to social and economical growth.

They said that increasing of land and labour cost, employment generation and other civic

amenities will generate positive attitude for individual and community people.


122

4.16.22. Other Impact Factors of Socio-Economic Environment

4.16.22.1. Construction Phase

During the construction phase, the movement of construction equipment, machineries may pose

the risk of accidents and injuries. As per the existing practices, a road safety awareness campaign

will be put in place to better inform the communities about safer road habits. The traffic

management at site will be undertaken by the security personnel as per the established practices.

While most of the labour will be local, interaction of local labour with outside labour force

during the construction may lead to transference of communicable diseases, if left uncontrolled

and unchecked. During the construction period, the labor force will be accommodated in the

labour camps already established in RIL, hence no there will be no strain on the civic amenities

like drinking water, sanitation, road transport and other facilities.

4.16.22.2. Operational Phase

The proposed berth will lead to indirect socio-economic development of the region as this project

is linked to the ongoing refinery expansion project.

Some economic opportunities may, however, develop in the form of supplying materials and

services for the proposed activity in the region.

4.16.23. Need assessment:

The Primary consultations survey has ascertained certain key expectations that are also

indicative of the local community’s attitude towards industrial development in the study area.

The fig 4.24 shows the different needs and expectation of the respondents in hierarchy with

this proposed project

The people from the participant group have more expectations on job and business

opportunities.

Most of the younger and educated people shared their view on conducting skill

development programs for the local communities,

Few of them said that encourage skilled and poor community people, this will help and

enhance their life and economic livelihood.

A few other participants also have more interest on development of parks and green belt in

and around the proposed park.

Most of the old age (above 50 years) and poor people looking for free medical and health

related support.


123

Most of the fishermen communities have an expectation on free or subsidy on profession

related apparatus.

The proposed project would create certain impacts with beneficial as well as adverse effects on the socio

economic environment. Hence, it is necessary to identify the extent of these impacts for further planning

of control measures leading to mitigation of the adverse impacts. The impacts due to proposed project on

parameters of human interest socio-economic have been assessed as below:

Impact Area Pre mitigation significance

Mitigation Post mitigation significance

Relocation of Local Community

Low/NIL No R&R required for this project

Low

General Characteristics and trends in population of region

Low No potential change on population of region due to this project & hence no mitigation envisaged.

Low

Migration trends in study area

Low/NIL No impact on migration trends as local labour utilized during construction and very few people of non-locals with necessary expertise during Construction & Operation stage

Low

Population characteristics in study area, including distributions by age, sex, ethnic groups, educational level and family size

Low No Impact on population Low

Distributions, and hence no mitigation envisaged.


124

Distinct settlement of ethnic groups or deprived economic/ minority groups

Low No disruption in settlement patterns of people envisaged

Low

Economic history for the region

Low Positive impact due to increase of income levels of the region due to this project

High

Employment pattern in study area, including occupational distribution and location and availability of work force

Low Temporary or regular employment is expected to work during construction period and laying activity.

High

Income levels and tends for study area

Low Positive Impact - Increase the income levels

High

Housing characteristics in study area, including in types of housing and occupancy levels

Low No Change Envisaged Low

Health and social services in study area, including health, workforce, law enforcement, fire protection, water supply, wastewater treatment facilities, solid waste collection and disposal and utilities

Medium Periodic Health Check-up of Construction Workers & necessary medication if required

Low


125

Periodic Check on Potable Water supplied and good housekeeping practices.

Public and private educational resources in study area

Medium No Change Envisaged High

Community cohesion, including organized community groups

Low No Potential impact on community cohesions

Low

Areas of unique significance such as cemeteries of religious camps

Low No Disruption of unique areas

Low

Archaeological Heritage Sites effected

Low No Archaeological Heritage Sites are disturbed or lost or effected inany way and hence no preservation plan required,

Low


126

5. IMPACTS AND MITIGATION MEASURES

5.1 INTRODUCTION

Prediction of impacts is an important component in environmental impact assessment process.

Several techniques and methodologies are in vogue for predicting the impacts due to proposed

development of environment. Such predictions are superimposed over the baseline (pre-project)

environmental quality to derive the ultimate (post-project) scenario of environmental conditions.

The quantitative predictions of impacts lead to delineate suitable environmental management

plan need for implementation during the construction, commissioning and operational phases of

the project in order to mitigate the adverse impacts on environmental quality.

This chapters describes the all the impacts and mitigation measures for construction of CC Block

wall, reclamation at Rozi Pier and Railway line and sidings.

In the present study, the most probable impact on various components of the surrounding

environment viz., air, water, land, biological and socio-economic due to the proposed

development has been predicted.

Potential environmental and socio-economic impacts of planned activities include:

Disturbance to habitat during the life-cycle of the project

Emissions to the atmosphere and contamination of seawater and seabed by liquid discharge

during planned as well as potential emergency situations

Local socio-economic impacts and disturbance of port users during the construction and

operation phases.

The terrestrial impacts due to proposed marine facilities of Rozi Pier Port at Jamnagar may be

divided in two phases i.e. (a) Construction phase (b) Operation phase

5.2 Impacts on air environment

5.2.1 Construction phase

During construction of the service jetties, RCC piled of jetty and backfilling will involve the use

of anchored piling barges. The barges/rigs will use diesel generator sets to provide power for the

pile hammer and boring equipment. The generators would produce exhaust emissions during the

construction period, which could cause temporary and localized adverse impacts on local air

quality around these barges. The expected emissions will depend on total diesel combustion,

which can vary between 100 to 500 litres per hour.


127

The proposed project will have no major considerable stress/ pressure on the environment to give

rise to any significant adverse impacts on environment. The only major impacts on air during

backfillingandconstruction phaseare predicted to be caused due to airborne dust arising from the

construction activities as well as gaseous pollutants from vehicles used for transportation of

construction materials & emission from equipment used during construction phase. The dust

particles in the form of particulate matter will strongly depend on various activities like

movement of vehicles, their speed, back filling etc during the construction phase.

Exhaust emissions due to vehicular movement on land transport of construction material may

marginally increase the air pollution load along the road side. This impact is temporary and

localized.

The probable sources of the dust are the activities of excavation, filling, levelling etc. However,

it is noticed that, the area of the proposed project is situated close to the Marine National Park;

hence the moisture in the soil will not allow the particles to travel to longer distance from the

sources.

Beside the texture of soil is mostly sandy, hence the size and density of particles also prevent

them from longer travelling. However maximum care will be taken to prevent the particles to be

airborne by using water sprinkler system & covering the excavated materials. Hence there will

be no significant impacts due to the dust particles.

5.2.2Operation Phase:

The major activity during operation phase is as below:

1. Collection of goods which are to be exported

2. Loading and unloading of goods

3. Storing and distribution of imported goods

Air pollution during operation phase will be caused due to vehicular emissions. As there is no

chemical process or manufacturing activity, hence there will not be any process emission. As the

proposed project is only export and import of cargo, increase in vehicular movement and

emissions from DG set may affect ambient air quality.

5.2.3 Mitigation Measures:

Inspection for condition of contractor’s barges and equipment before start of work and

ensuring a maintenance schedule is followed for the equipment used.


128

Ensuring frequent water sprinkling on roads and backfilling area to reduce dust vehicular

movement on land.

Minimization of movement of project vehicles at night and especially during peak hour traffic

(9-11am, 2-3 pm and 5-6pm).

Covering vehicles with tarpaulin during transportation of construction material

Ensuring that contractors are maintaining engines and that machinery deployed during

construction are complying with emission standards.

The diesel generator (DG) sets will be provided with adequate stack height as per applicable

regulations and will use low sulphur diesel in DG sets

Regular maintenance of diesel generators engines

Regular ambient air quality monitoring as per conditions stipulated in the CFE

5.3 Impact on noise environment


As major construction activities will be carried out in the construction yard i.e. located on land,

the noise levels during construction phase will increase due to the activities like operation of

construction equipment’s fabrication and transportation of material and machinery. However

these activities are not likely to generate high noise levels, as they will take up in a

phased/scheduled manner, depending on the activities being taken up. On the whole, the impact

of generated noise on the environment will not be significant, reversible and local in nature.

The hydraulic hammers used during the piling activity have the potential to cause impact on the

noise environment. Impact hammers drive the pile by inducing downward velocity in a metal

ram. On impact with a ‘cushion’ between the pile and the ram, this creates a greater effect than

the hammers weight alone and moves the pile an increment into the ground. The impact causes

atmospheric noise. Further, construction activity will be carried out during daytime to prevent

increase in noise level during night time.

Prediction of Impacts:

Transportation of construction materials

Construction activities including fabrication, welding, pre-casting

Piling operations during construction

The day and night noise levels near the pile-driving site reduce to within prescribed limits as per

“Noise Rules 2000” at distance of 50m and 100m from the source. There is a potential for


129

underwater noise from piling of the jetty to impact marine fauna. As there are no marine

mammals identified in the Rozi Pier Port area, it is expected that the noise impact would be of

low significance as the piling activity would be localised and temporary in nature and sensitive

receptors are not located in the vicinity of the noise generating area.

5.3.2 Operational phase

The major expected source to increase the noise level at the jetty area where arrival of cargo and

vehicular movement to transport export and import goods, conveyor system and operation of DG

set for emergency power supply. However, this increase in noise level will be lower compared to

the construction phase. Proper lubrication, muffling shall be done to reduce the noise, DG set

with acoustic enclosure shall be provided.

The workers working in the high noise area shall be provided with ear protected equipment. The

propagation of noise way would be prevented by creating barrier in form of greenbelt

development all around the project area boundary.


Starting of Piling operations softly to allow any marine fauna to leave the area before high

noise levels are generated and

The project will monitor the noise levels at the receptors and construction site on monthly so

that if noise levels above the acceptable limits are encountered then adequate measures shall be

implemented.

Providing diesel generator with acoustic enclosures

Use of ear plugs by personnel working onsite in high noise generating areas

Use of grease free bearings for all on board equipment

5.4 Impact on Water Environment


The Jamnagar Municipal Corporation is responsible for providing of water during construction

and operation phase. It is estimated that approx. 243.5 KLD will be required once all facilities

are functional. Hence there would not be any impact on local water sources and its competitive

users.

During construction phase, there would be generation of some sewage due to personnel involved

in the construction work. With the implementation of mitigation measures, the potential for


130

contamination of surface and ground water resources resulting from sewage disposal is expected

to be insignificant.

The runoff from the site containing construction materials, debris and construction waste and

excavated earthen materials may have adverse impacts on the water environment especially on

nearby marine water resources. Proper mitigation measures shall be implemented to avoid such

runoff as well as spillage of construction materials so that the materials in runoff cannot enter

into the water bodies.

However, due to small scale of construction involved, and the short duration of activities, the

impact is considered of low significance.

5.4.2 Operation Phase:

During operation phase, the waste water will be treated in a sewage treatment plant. The treated

wastewater will be used for flushing, cooling water makeup and landscaping purposes. Disposal

of industrial effluent and sewage without proper treatment into water bodies can pollute and

degraded the water quality by making it unfit for usage and survival of aquatic life. Hence no

waste water should be discharged outside the project premises. This will prevent any direct

disposal of waste water in this stream.

5.4.3 Mitigation measures:

Septic tanks with soak pits are proposed for the disposal of sewage

Waste water generated from the bathing and washing of the construction workforce

will be properly treated before disposal. Skid mounted sewage treatment plant of adequate

capacity will be used for treatment of waste water. Treated water shall be used for sprinkling

purpose, if it meets the prescribed land disposal requirements.

5.5 Impact on Land Environment:

Land use patterns of the surrounding area would not change as it already used for port activity

with some back-up area. The proposed project is in the water front of marine water course of

Gulf of Kutch. The proposed project does not require any additional land. The proposed project

will develop completely on offshore. Hence there would not be any adverse impacts on land

cover is envisaged.


131

Waste generated during construction can contaminate soil if not handled properly. Also, spillage

of oil can lead to soil contamination in absence of proper management.

The main impact on land environment is the generation of waste and its management.

5.5.1 Mitigation measures:

Adopt good waste management practices with frequent disposal to avoid overflowing

bins.

Train labourers involved in good waste management and chemical management

practices; and

Ensure proper handling and disposal of limited quantity of hazardous wastes generated

as in compliance with the Hazardous waste (Management, Handling and Transboundary

Movement) Rules, 2016.

5.6 Impact due to solid/Non-Hazardous domestic waste generation:

There would be approximately 100 persons employed in the port operations regularly (maximum

number of permanent and contract workers at any given time). Expected waste generation

quantity from proposed project is approximately 75kg/day (@0.75kg/capita/day) of non-

hazardous domestic waste (food waste, general solid waste and plastic waste) that will need

collection and disposal. With the implementation of standard waste handling practices in line

with MARPOL requirements, potential impacts resulting from the generation of non-hazardous

waste is expected to be of low significance.


It is anticipated that food waste and cooking oil, plastic waste and general solid waste

(packaging, glass, paper, card etc) will be collected and delivered ashore for disposal on a

regular basis.

Adequate number of collection bins shall be provided.

Plastic bottles, glass bottles and plastic bags would be stored in the separate bins and

will be sold to recyclers.


132

6. ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN

6.1 Introduction

An Environmental Management Plan (EMP) is an implementation plan consisting of mitigation

measures, a monitoring program and institutional measures which are required to be adopted

during the construction and operation phases to minimize adverse environmental and social

impacts. The anticipated impacts due to the project have been identified in the Chapter 5 of this

report (Anticipated Environmental Impact and Mitigation Measures). The purpose of the EMP is

to delineate the monitoring and mitigation measures throughout the life cycle of the project to

minimize adverse impacts by adequate allocation of resources and designating responsibilities

for the implementation of these measures.

Impacts from the identified activities shall be mitigated through the adoption of proper

mitigation measures and in line with the industry standard practice and guidelines and in

compliance with regulatory requirements of the Central & State Authorities.

The EMP is a dynamic document which would be reviewed periodically and amended for its

further improvements. EMP implementation will be conducted by both the project proponent

(ROZI PIER PORT) and contractors and logistics providers during the construction and

operation phases.

6.2 Environment Management System

The proposed project shall develop and implement an Environment Management System (EMS)

which will include:

Management commitment towards environmental and social issues in the form of defined

HSSE &SP (Health Safety Security and Environment and Social Performance) policy, which

will be used as a framework for planning and action;

Identification of the environmental and social impacts and developing management plans and

monitoring programs and action plans commensurate with the scale of the project for EMP

implementation;

An organizational structure for the environment, health, safety and the social impact

management, with clear descriptions of responsibilities and accountabilities to implement the

management program, including the action plan and communication of these responsibilities. It


133

will also include the training and awareness program and allocation of sufficient human and

financial resources to achieve effective and continuous environmental and social performance;

Drawing up defined and quantifiable monitoring indicators to track and report on the status of

implementation of EMPs through regular inspections and monitoring;

Conducting environmental and social management audits and environmental management

reviews at periodical interval; and

Reporting and documentation.

6.2.1 Management Commitment

To achieve continuous performance improvement, Rozi Pier Port manages health, safety,

security, environment and social performance in a systematic way. To manage the impacts of its

operations and projects on the environment and society, Rozi Pier Port have a comprehensive set

of business principles and rigorous standards covering health, safety, security, environment

(HSSE) and social performance (SP).

ROZI PIER PORT- HSSE & SP Control Framework

The HSSE & SP Control Framework provides a clear description of the accountabilities and

responsibilities within the organization and established the requirements to be met in the

performance of their operations. The HSSE & SP Control Framework depicted below is

composed of the commitment and policy documents, which are a set of mandatory standards and

corresponding manuals and specifications. It also includes a number of guidance documents

including assurance protocols and guides.

Rozi Pier Porthas established Environment Management Cell (EMC) to ensure safe and

environment friendly practices during operations. The EMC department has its corporate

mandate to achieve these objectives and establish Rozi Pier Port organization as safety and

health conscious, environment friendly, and conscious of its social obligations and commitments.

The proposed project shall be within the existing Rozi Pier Port area and the existing

environment management system shall be extended to proposed project facilities too.


134

6.2.2 Environmental Impacts Identification and EMP Formulation

This EIA report has identified the environmental impacts for all aspects of the project from

construction, through to decommissioning. Mitigation measures have been developed along with

action plans. In order to facilitate the implementation of EMP:

Emergency response training shall be provided to all personnel to promote awareness;

The following records shall be maintained:

a) Inspection and maintenance reports;

b) Monitoring data; and

c) Monitoring reports.

Contractor management will include:

a) Inclusion of relevant clauses in the contract document to ensure that contractors adhere to the

HSSE and SP policy and the suggested mitigation measures; and

b) Monitoring of the activities performed by contractor to ensure that all agreed mitigation

measures are followed.

6.2.3 Organization Structure, their Roles and Responsibilities

The EMC together with the project management shall be responsible for implementation of the

EMP, monitoring of environmental parameters, reporting of environmental performance and

staff competency related issues. This department will also be responsible for regular

environmental quality monitoring, compliance to all the conditions imposed by the central and

state regulatory authorities, proper operation of pollution control equipment and liaison with

regulatory bodies like SPCB/MoEF&CC/CPCB.

The EMC Department will be responsible for the following:

Implementation of the proposed EMP and to monitor the actions;

Monitoring of environmental and social parameters as per the Environmental Monitoring

Program;

Submission of half yearly compliance reports and other statutory documents to MoEF&CC;

Meeting the regulatory requirements stipulated with consent orders (Air, water and hazardous

waste) of SPCB;

Conducting yearly environmental audit and submit environmental statement to SPCB;

Creating awareness about pollution hazards among all personnel of the facility;


135

Internal reporting as per guidelines and keeping senior management informed on the

environmental compliance; and

Systematic and routine housekeeping.

Organizational chart for implementation of EMP during construction and operation phases is

provided in Figure 6.1 below. Proposed organizational structure is indicative in nature and might

undergo some modifications during project implementation stage.

Figure 6.1: Organizational Chart for Implementation of EMP during Operation Phase

6.2.4 Roles and Responsibilities during Construction and Operation

The construction and operation contractors shall appoint suitably qualified HSE officers to

ensure effective implementation of the commitments contained in the EIA report.

During the construction phase, the EMC along with the Construction Manager would be

ultimately responsible for EMP implementation. The Project Engineer of Rozi Pier Port shall be

responsible for supervising and monitoring the performance of the jetty civil contractor. The


136

Construction Manager would supervise the HSE performance of the jetty topsides civil

contractor, and onshore civil contractor.

Implementation of the provisions of the EMP shall be achieved by means of periodic site visits,

surprise audits and by reviewing the environment and safety reports of the contractors. Actions

will be taken against non-conformances.

During operation, the ultimate responsibility for EMP implementation and for supervision of the

contractor work in different components of the project shall lie with Rozi Pier Port. The

organizational structure for operations is as shown in Figure 6.1above.

6.2.5 Inspection and Monitoring

The monitoring framework for the project has developed to include both internal and external

monitoring components and is presented in the Environmental Monitoring Programme section.

The internal monitoring process would be governed by a monitoring and audit programme that

will cover the monitoring compliance to various permits in addition to the proposed EMP.

Regular site inspections with follow up corrective action plans and expeditious closure would be

key features of the internal monitoring programme besides periodical auditing. The inspections

and audits conducted will be documented and any inspection non-conformances and audit

findings will be corrected promptly.

6.2.6 Environmental Management Audits and EMP Reviews

To identify whether the activities are complying with the environment policies and objectives,

environmental management audits shall be conducted at regular intervals. Audit findings would

focus on the following:

Effectiveness of EMS;

Identification and record of any problems inherent in the system;

Any failure in compliance and its corrective and preventive action;

Recommendations for remedial action;

Inspection and maintenance reports; and

Maintenance of the environmental training records, etc.

These findings would be maintained as records and senior management would review the audit

report and take necessary actions for the Environmental Management at least once in six months.


137

Grievance Process

It will cover grievances concerning the conduct of any aspect of the EMP including non-

fulfilment of commitments, employment and procurement, community health and safety and any

labour management aspects.

It will also be available for raising complaints about any other aspect of the development

including concerns from neighbours or other external parties about disturbance during

construction, aspects of the design, traffic issues, jobs or impact on local services or amenity.

The grievance process will be administered in coordination with the persons responsible for

community development in consultation with the local authorities where relevant. The grievance

mechanism will be simple and will seek to resolve issues informally as far as possible, with an

option for legal redress.

6.2.7 Reporting and Documentation

The project team will develop and implement a reporting programme for all stages of the project

cycle. The responsible personnel will fully comply with the reporting program in terms of both

timely submissions of reports and as per acceptable level of detail.

The following records will be documented and maintained by Rozi Pier Port:

EIA Report which includes legal framework;

Construction and operating procedures and method statements along with all the layout

diagrams;

Constructional and operational monitoring reports;

Internal and external audit reports;

Inspection reports;

Incident / accident register covering the details of corrective actions taken;

Grievance register covering details of HSE and social complaints and follow-up actions

Emergency Management Plan;

Product identification and composition register;

Records of review meetings; and

Training calendar, training material and records of training.


138

6.2.8 Environmental Statement

As a mandatory requirement under the Environment Protection Rules (1986) as amended through

the Notification issued by the Ministry of Environment and Forests in April 1993, an

Environmental Statement shall be prepared annually. This shall include the consumption of total

resources (raw material and water per tonne of product), quantity and concentration of pollutants

(air and water) discharged, quantity of hazardous and solid waste generation, pollution abatement

measures, conservation of natural resources and cost of production vis-a-vis the investment on

pollution abatement. This shall be carried out, either internally or through some external agency,

impartially and effectively by a person properly trained for it and having broad knowledge of the

environmental process and expertise in relevant.

The intent of this statement is to:

Identify the process/production areas where resources can be used more efficiently through a

benchmarking with a similar industry (thereby reducing the consumption per unit of product);

and

Determine the areas where waste generation can be minimized at source and through end of

pipe treatment (thereby reducing the wastes generated and discharged per unit of product).

6.3 EMP during Construction Phase:

The EMP for the integrated facilities within Rozi Pier Port area includes the following:

Air Emissions Management

Control of Noise

Waste water management

Waste Management

Dredged materials management

Hazardous material and oil management

Biodiversity management

Green belt development

Energy conservation measures

Environment Management Cell


139

6.4 AIR EMISSIONS MANAGEMENT:

6.4.1 Construction Phase:

The following measures to reduce fugitive and gaseous pollutant emissions during the

construction phase should be implemented.

Water sprinklers will be used to control the fugitive dusts.

Prudent and good construction practices will be used to minimize the spread of sediments,

which are stirred during pile driving and other construction.

Diesel driven construction machinery and equipment’s should be fitted with appropriate

silencers, will not be left idle for prolonged periods of time, and be subjected to regular

scheduled maintenance to minimize the exhaust emission.

Vehicle engines should not be left running when not in use

Improperly functioning equipment and vehicles should be removed from the project site or

should be repaired before returning to service.

Trucks carrying C&D waste will be covered with tarpulin and will be disposed in low lying

areas within port.


Volatile Organic Compounds (VOC) may also be emitted from fuel storage and transfer. Storage

and handling of dry bulk cargo, as well as from onshore construction activities and vehicle traffic

on unpaved roads, may also contribute to particulate matter emissions.

Recommended air emissions management strategies include:

Combustion sources

Develop air quality management procedures applicable to ship operators such as

1. Maintaining emissions of NOx and SOx within the limits

2. Using low-sulfur fuels in port

3. Keeping transfer equipment’s such as cranes, trucks in good working condition.

4. Encouraging reduction in engine idling during on and off loading activities.

5. Volatile Organic compounds

VOC emissions from fuel storage and transfer activities should be minimized by means of

equipment selection, adoption of management practices such as limiting or eliminating


140

loading/unloading during poor air quality episodes or implementing tank and piping leak

detection and repair programs.

6.4.3 Dust

Dry bulk materials storage and handling facilities should be designed to minimize or control

dust emissions, including:

Installing dust suppression mechanisms (water spray or covered storage areas)

Using vacuum collectors at dust-generating activities.

Minimizing free fall of materials

Ensuring hatches are covered when material handling is not being conducted.

Covering transport vehicles

Regularly sweeping docks and handling areas, truck/rail storage areas and paved roadway

surfaces

To control the fugitive dust Gujarat Maritime Board is procuring fogging cannon and mobile

road sweepers in this financial year.

Mobile fog cannons

This system consists of Water Tank, Generator Set, and Sprayers with a turbine arrangement

inside. The entire arrangement is mounted on a truck enabling mobility of the machine all over

the Port wherever required. The advantage of having this system is that the fog is produced by

mixing of water with high velocity wind produced by turbine and fog is thrown in the air. This

Fog will be throwing around 60 meters with a pinching angle of -10º to 45º and capable of

spraying horizontally around 180º to 320º. Since the water droplet size is 30-320 microns and

because of fogging effect, the entire dust will be brought down to the ground level and gets

suppressed.

These machines because of their mobility can be moved to any place which is more

vulnerable to dust in a particular day and water in the form of mist is sprayed at the dust

emanating area at a height of about 10 metres from surface, which is the source of that emanation

to all surround areas, due to wind farm / Breeze. The Fog cannons spray a huge mist of water at

this source of Dust, resulting in the mist and dust particles getting coagulated and due to self-

weight settles down and will be in their state for the next 10 minutes.


141

Mobile road sweeper machines

The proposed Ravo Road Sweeping Machine is versatile and consists of a Front Roller Boom,

Heavy Duty Wire Mesh, Water Pressure Pumps, Container Dump, Wander Hose, Pressurised

Cabin, heavy Duty packages, Water installations, independent Linde Wheel Motors, Corton Steel

Containers, etc. The principle of working of a Road Sweeping Machine is that the 2 Nos

Brushers at the front located underneath the driver’s cabin are capable of rotating in two different

directions so that the deposited dust and waste materials will be pushed to the centre. The entire

dust will be pulled and collected in the tank located in the rear side of the machine through a

Vacuum system. Since there is a provision of spraying water during operations there will not be

spreading of dust around the cleaning area.

Some of the salient features of this machine are:

Adjustable suction nozzle flap for intake of large pieces of garbage

Load carrying capacity of 5400 kg

Ravo Machine has the feature of sweeping 2000mm to 3100mm width and vacuuming the

debris into the container

The Ravo Machine has a high pressure water pump with spray gun and a flexible hose reel.

This enables to use high pressure water jet for even cleaning the side walls or inside of the cabin

or remove the hard debris or oil stains, etc.

Both the Fog cannon machine and Road Sweeper Machines would be operated in tandem with a

frequency difference of 10 minutes so that the Dust suppressed is immediately collected and

disposed. They would also be operated separately at different locations depending on the

intensity and necessity.

6.5 Control of noise:

The noise control is to ensure that noise from the proposed project activities does not exceed

acceptable parameters and that the noise levels are not injurious to health and do not create a

nuisance.


142


Transportation activities will not be allowed to avoid high noise level in locally during night

time.

All vehicles will be equipped with the horn of low noise level which is recommended by

authority to avoid noise impacts.

Machineries/equipment causing high noise level should not be operated during night time.

Construction machinery should be in good working condition and engines turned off when not in

use.


Noise reduction options include the following:

Selecting equipment with lower sound power levels.

Installing suitable mufflers on engine exhausts and compressor components

Installing acoustic enclosures for generators

Installing vibration isolation for mechanical equipment.

Reducing project traffic routing community areas wherever possible.

Provision of Personal Protective Equipment and their proper usage for eardrum protection of

the workers as well as visitors.

Periodic monitoring of sound level at suggested places.

Periodical maintenance of all equipment and transport vehicles.

6.6 WASTE MANAGEMENT:


Non- hazardous solid waste generated at construction and decommissioning sites includes excess

fill materials from grading and excavation activities, scrap wood and metals and small concrete

spills.


Hazardous solid waste includes contaminated soils, which could potentially be encountered on-

site due to previous land use activities or small amounts of machinery maintenance materials,


143

such as oily rags, used oil filters and used oil as well as spill cleanup materials from oil and fuel

spills.

Waste generating from the proposed project includes inert solid waste from cargo packaging and

from administrative offices, as well as hazardous or potentially hazardous waste associated with

vehicle maintenance operations.

Waste material from vessels includes plastic, paper, glass, metals and food wastes. Hazardous

waste such as waste oil, batteries, paints, solvents, pesticides will be generated.

6.6.3 Health & Safety Management System

This section outlines a Health and Safety Management System, which will outline mitigation

measures and best management practices. The Project will carry out a complete assessment,

evaluate, monitor, identify and control all potential hazards and risks that will arise during the

construction, operation and decommissioning phases of the proposed project.

Prior to project commissioning, all personnel will be required to undertake an extensive

trainingprogram to ensure safe operating practices. The training program and subsequent regular

refresher programs will involve issues covering operations, hazards, safety and emergency

procedures and environmental management. Fire water management plan will be developed for

the proposed project which would be integrated with the Port’s fire water management plan.

6.8 Waste Management Plan

A Waste Management Plan will be developed for providing waste reception and handling

facilities to the proposed project during both construction and operational phases for proper

waste management. This plan has been drawn to facilitate provisions of reception arrangements

in the port, in accordance with the MARPOL 73/78 Regulations and also as

SPCB/CPCB/MoEF&CC guidelines with respect to hazardous wastes and through local district

administration with respect to solid wastes.

6.8.1 Port Sewage and Storm water management:

Recommendations specific to storm water and waste water management facilities include:

Avoiding installation of storm drainage catch basins that discharge directly into surface waters,

using containment basins in areas with a high risk of accidental releases of oil or hazardous


144

materials (e.g. fuelling or fuel transfer locations) and oil/grit or oil/water separators in all runoff

collection areas. Oil/water separators and trapping catch basins should be maintained regularly to

keep them operational.

Installing filter mechanisms (e.g draining swabs, filter berms, drainage inlet protection, sediment

traps and sediment basins) to prevent sediment and particulates from reaching the surface water.

6.8.2 Waste Management during Construction and Operation Phase

Waste Management during Construction Stage

The solid waste generated during the development of the proposed project will consist of paper,

cotton rags, plastic, tins etc. This will be collected in dustbins, which will be cleared daily before

the start of working hours through the port authorized waste collector. Solid waste will be

weighed and the type of waste noted prior to disposal. It will then be disposed of at an authorized

waste disposal site.

Maintenance activities will generate scrap metal and hazardous waste including pipeline pigging

waste, spent oil and paint, wastes/residues containing oil, spent batteries, filters, and empty

chemical containers. The small quantities of hazardous waste generated will be handled and

disposed as per the Hazardous Waste (Management, Handling and Trans-Boundary Movement)

Rules, 2008 (HWM Rules) as amended till date. The spent lube oil and spent batteries and filters

will be handed over to authorized recyclers.

The solid waste and hazardous waste generated from seaward side from the construction barges,

construction site, dredgers etc. will be collected twice in a week at shore on jetty using an

authorized garbage vehicle and through a SPCB approved collection vehicle respectively. The

type of waste, source and quantity will be noted prior to disposal and then the vehicle will be

sent to weigh bridge for weighing before it is disposed of at an authorized waste disposal

site.

Used oil generated from diesel generators/ engines will be disposed to SPCB authorized waste

oil recyclers. Hazardous waste handling and management procedures shall be followed.

Waste Management during Operation Stage

The solid waste generated from the landward side during metering and distribution station

operation will be paper, cotton rags, plastic, tins etc. These will be collected on daily basis in


145

dustbins and these bins will be cleared daily through the port authorized waste collector. It will

then be disposed of at an authorized waste disposal site.

The hazardous waste generated landward side will be collected and the source of collection will

be noted, which could be lead acid batteries from operating vehicles and used oil from these

vehicles. These hazardous batteries are usually disposed using a buy-back option where the

waste batteries are exchanged for new.

Used oil generated will be disposed to SPCB authorized waste oil recyclers.

Hazardous waste handling and management rules shall be followed. The 06 Copy Manifest for

handling and disposal of such type of waste will be used and records maintained. The TREM

Card system will also be required by the transporter carrying the hazardous waste.

6.9 Green Belt Development Plan

Rozi Pier Port has endeavoured in maintaining eco-balance by way of tree plantation in and

around port area. Extensive plantation is carried out every year. The survival rate of plants is

very low due to saline soil and adverse weather conditions. Ongoing efforts are taken to increase

the area under plantation. Additionally, green belt development is undertaken at, roadside and

near residential and office buildings at Jamnagar and surrounding villages.

As per CPCB guidelines, green belt will be developed on 33% of the total project area.

6.9.1 Selection of species for plantation

Development of plantation is one of the most sensitive issues and shall be done with due care.

Selection of proper locally grown species in addition to checking of their growth rate, quality,

thickness of canopy cover, etc. shall be duly done as it helps in abatement of fugitive noise,

reduce the pollution level, thus making the place worth dwelling for the diversified species flora.

The plant species suitable for green belt development need to be selected based on the flowing

criteria.

Native plant species will be preferred

Fast growing plants will be planted

Plants having thick canopy cover will be used

Preferably perennial and evergreen species will be selected

Plants having large leaf area index will be considered


146

Road sides will be planted with local vegetation

While making choice of plant species for cultivation in green belts, weightage has to be given to

the natural factor of bio-climate. It is also presumed that the selected plants will be grown as per

normal horticultural or forestry practices.

Trees are important sinks for air pollutants. Trees absorb noise and by enhancing the green

cover, improve the ecology and aesthetics and affect the local micrometeorology. Trees also

have major long-term impacts on soil quality and the ground water table. By using suitable plant

species, green belts can be developed in strategic zones to provide protection from emitted and

noise.

Table 6.1: Species Identified for Plantation

Si.No. Botanical name Family 1 Albizia odoratissima Mimosaceae 2 Azadirachta indica Meliaceae 3 Bombax ceiba Bombacaceae 4 Buahinia purpurea Caesalpiniaceae 5 Dalbergia sissoo Fabaceae 6 Feronia elephantum Rutaceae 7 Ficus benghalensis Moraceae 8 Ficus religiosa Moraceae 9 Hardwickia binata Fabaceae 10 Holoptelia integrifolia Ulmaceae 11 Lagerstromoea reginae Lythraceae 12 Mangifera indica Anacariaceae 13 Polyalthia longifolia Annonaceae 14 Pongamia pinnata Fabaceae 15 Sapindus emarginatus Sapindaceae 16 Syzygium cumini Myrtaceae 17 Tamarindus indica Fabaceae 18 Tectona grandis Verbenaceae 19 Terminalia bellerica Combretaceae 20 Terminalia catappa Combretaceae


147

6.10 Environmental Management Cost Proposed budget allocation for EMP is provided in table below:

Table 6.2: EMP Budget

S.No. Item Capital Cost INR in lakhs

Recurring Cost INR in lakhs per annum

1. Pollution Monitoring (Air, Water, Noise, soil, sediments)

75 22.5

2. Hazardous materials and oil management 250 8 3. Green belt development 38 13 4. Marine biodiversity 50 10 Total 413.0 53.5 For recurring cost for 5 years = 53.5 x 5 = 267.5 lakhs The port authorities will be responsible for regular audit and review of environment and safety

arrangement of the proposed project. This will include both on-site auditing and review of

performance reports.

The finalization of the EMP will be based on the completion of Compliance Audit Table, which

will record dates of compliance by the project partners with recommendations and commitments

and a reference to appropriate documentation from the relevant approving authority. The

compliance table is meant to be a live document and will be updated periodically throughout the

life of the project.


148

7. ENVIRONMENTAL MONITORING PROGRAMME

7.1 Environmental Monitoring:

To establish the implementation and ensure effective outcomes of the mitigation measures

suggested in the preceding chapter on impact assessment (Chapter 5) the project will monitor

various environmental parameters including air quality, noise levels, seawater quality, sediment,

groundwater quality, sediment movement etc. during the construction and operation phases of

the proposed project at the Rozi Pier Port. The monitoring will be carried out by a laboratory that

has been approved by the MoEF&CC which has established capacity to undertake onshore and

offshore environmental monitoring surveys.

7.2 Environmental Monitoring and Evaluation Program:

Environmental monitoring will help in assessing the changes in environmental conditions as a

result of the effective implementation of mitigation measures. It will measure the changes in

environmental aspects and recommend further preventive actions if needed. The broad objectives

of the environmental monitoring programme are to:

Evaluate the performance of mitigation measures proposed in the Environmental

Management Plan (EMP);

Suggest ongoing improvements in the EMP and to define additional monitoring indicators

if required; and

Meet the requirements of the existing environmental regulatory framework (the statutory

returns which are required to be submitted under various environmental regulations like

Annual Environmental Statement under Environment Protection Act, 1986 and Annual

returns of Hazardous waste under the Hazardous Waste (Management, Handling and

Trans-Boundary Movement) rules, 2008).

On environmental parameters, the internal monitoring tasks that are proposed to be undertaken

by the HSE team will include the following:

During the construction phase, conducting regular inspections and supervision of the

contractors to follow up and report on implementation of mitigation measures as suggested

in the EMP. These inspections shall monitor ambient air quality (dust generation), ambient

and occupational noise levels, soil contamination, waste management and management of

construction materials etc.


149

During the operational phase, conducting regular HSE inspections and maintain inspection

records, along with corrective actions taken and monitoring of the overall EMP

implementation; and

Preparation of half-yearly progress and compliance reports for Rozi Pier Port.

For social parameters, internal monitoring tasks shall be undertaken by the CSR team (supported

by Human resources and Administration).

Rozi Pier Port (GMB) shall hire an external agency (MOEF&CC approved laboratory) to

conduct monitoring and produce monthly, quarterly and annual reports for submission to the

GSPCB and MOEF&CC as per the requirements of the Environmental clearance. The project

will submit an environmental monitoring report to MOEF&CC every six months, summarizing

the status of compliance to the conditions of Environmental clearance during construction and

operation phase. The purpose of external monitoring is to assess overall compliance with the

EMP (including social components) and any additional measures required to address new and

engineering issues.

7.3 Monitoring Schedule for Environmental Parameters:

Table: 7.1 The monitoring schedule for construction and operation phases

Type of

Monitoring

Parameters for

monitoring

Frequency of

Monitoring

Compliance to

Applicable standard

Construction Phase

Ambient air quality PM10, PM2.5, SO2,

NOx, CO, HC

Weekly National Ambient Air

Quality Standards

(NAAQS)

Noise Ambient noise levels for

24 hour

Monthly Noise standards notified by the MoEF&CC vide gazette notification dated 14 February 2000

Marine Water

Quality

Turbidity, DO Weekly during

construction

--

Domestic waste Records of waste Monthly As per Municipal solid


150

generation generation, handling and

disposal methods.

Waste (Management

and Handling) Rules,

2016

Hazardous waste Records of hazardous

waste generation,

handling and disposal

methods

Weekly/monthly As per Hazardous

waste (Management,

Handling and Trans-

boundary movement)

Rules, 2008 amended

till date.

Soil contamination Visual inspection of

storage areas

Fortnightly --

Occupational

Health and safety

Use of protective

clothing and PPEs as

well as safety measures

as required.

Daily As per Building and

Construction workers

Act, 1996 and Rules.

Ecology Status of green belt

development for

parameters like number

of tree planted, survival

rate, height and status of

saplings etc.

Monthly survey

and inspections

until trees reach

the pole stage and

quarterly survey

Check compliance as

per EC conditions and

green belt development

plan.

Labour

Management

Compliance to working

conditions, compliance to

wages, working hours,

benefits etc

Employees and

contract workers

at site

Applicable Indian

Labour laws (BOCW

Act, 1996)

Community Health

and Safety

Disruption in access,

Number of accidents

outside the immediate

project area, number of

grievances pertaining to

nuisance from dust,

Monthly for

construction

phase

--


151

noise, traffic etc.

Operation Phase

Ambient air quality

monitoring

PM10, PM2.5, SO2,

NOx, CO, HC

Twice a week at

each monitoring

location

To be finalized in

consultation with

SPCB

Stack emission PM, SO2, NOx and CO Monthly Emissions limits as per

EPA, 1986 and its

amendments and CFO

conditions

Ambient noise Noise levels Monthly Noise standards

notified by the MOEF

vide gazette

notification dt:

14.02.2000

Occupational

exposure in work

environment

Occupational noise,

hearing levels would be

tested as part of annual

health checkups for

employees and contractor

workers

Once in a month,

annually

Permissible limits of

exposure of

occupational noise

Ground water

quality

pH, BOD, COD Monthly --

Marine water

quality

pH, temperature,

Salinity, BOD, COD,

Residual Chlorine

Monthly Compliance as per EC

and CFO condition

Sea bed sediment Total organic carbon,

Total nitrogen, Total

phosphorus, Calcium

carbonate, Hexavalent

chromium, Arsenic,

mercury and lead

Once in three

months

--


152

Soil quality Physical and chemical

parameters, including

organic content and

heavy metals

Six monthly --

Ecology Greenbelt development

status. Quarterly

monitoring of marine

flora and fauna within

port limits

Quarterly Check compliance as

per specific EC, CFE

& CFO conditions and

green belt development

plan

Occupational

health and safety

Fire fighting system

Usage of protective

clothing & PPEs

Regular checks

for firefighting

systems on

monthly basis.

Daily

--


153

8. PROJECT BENEFITS

8.1 INTRODUCTION

The proposed project “Incorporation of service jetties and allied facilities” is expected to bring

economic, social and environmental benefits to the town and surrounding areas during the

construction and operational phases.

8.2 OVERALL BENEFITS

8.2.1 Government Revenues:

The creation of service jetties will positively influence and infrastructure development which

will imply additional investment opportunities in the Jamnagar region. This would result in

generation of revenue for the government in terms of taxes from the proposed project and

resultant industrial development from the proposed project.

8.2.2 Economic Benefits:

The proposed project proposes to create direct opportunities for both skilled and unskilled jobs

during the construction and operations phase. The backward and forward linkages will also lead

to indirect employment generation to support the project. The project will require procurement

and vendor networks for products and services, transport etc and hence there should be

additional revenue generation for local vendors and suppliers in Jamnagar.

8.3 BENEFITS DURING CONSTRUCTION AND OPERATION PHASE

8.3.1 EMPLOYMENT & OTHER BENEFITS

The construction phase of the proposed project will span over a period of 3 years. This is

expected to create short to medium-term employment opportunities for a considerable number of

personnel. Approximately 200 persons would be required of unskilled, semi-skilled and skilled

nature during construction phase. Although skilled workforce coming from outside the

immediate area will undertake some proportion of the work, the project will try to offer

employment to people of Jamnagar.

During the operation phase, it is estimated that there will be direct employment opportunities for

approximately 100 personnel as well a contractual employment for operations and maintenance

and other support service requirements.


154

8.3.2 Community Services:

The project will try and employ local people to the extent possible which will minimize the strain

on local infrastructure. Additional workers coming from outside, if any would be accommodated

in Jamnagar or the surrounding areas (during construction) and within the project premises

during operations. Hence, any additional strain on existing community services (education,

health etc) is not expected.

The project is expected to improve the availability of community services like sanitation, road

development, drinking water etc through development activities that are channelized under

corporate social responsibility.

8.4 Social Benefits of the Project:

With improvement and development of proposed project, more economic opportunities

would be created for local community.

Increase in business activity which consequently would bring better access to social and

physical infrastructure.

Rozi Pier Port shall take up some community welfare activities under Corporate Social

Responsibility (CSR) and also improve the social infrastructures like education and health care

system etc.

8.4.1 Corporate Social Responsibility (CSR) of Rozi Pier Port:

As per the CSR guideline 2.5% of the project cost will be spent in different period of the years

for improvement of social infrastructure in the surrounding locality of the project site.

The main objective behind the CSR plan of Rozi Pier Port is as follows:

To stimulate infrastructure growth of the state, especially developing the area into an

economical zone.

To develop the port area and surrounding areas with top-class residential, water &

power supply facilities.

To enrich people’s life in the area /periphery in every possible way.


155

9. SUMMARY & CONCLUSIONS

The present proposal is for the Incorporation of service jetties and allied facilities constructed for

storage at Jamnagar, Gujarat.

The EIA study has determined that the construction and operational activities of the proposed

project will have some overall low and medium impacts on the local environment. However,

with the implementation of proposed pollution control and environment management measures,

it is envisaged that these anticipated impacts will be largely mitigated.

As creation of water front facilities is expected to bring economic and social benefits to the

surrounding area and further across the entire region.

The location is closest port to the hinterland, good road and rail connectivity to the hinterland,

storage of Edible oil and fertilizers, tidal window assistance for catering to larger size vessels

without channel deepening, availability of large liquid bulk storage capacity.

The proposed project will create direct opportunities for both skilled and unskilled jobs during

the construction and operations phase. This project is expected to lead to indirect employment

generation and spending on products and services, transport etc to benefit local community,

vendors and suppliers particularly in Jamnagar.

Thus, in view of considerable benefits from the project, it is expected that the proposed project

will be advantageous to the region.


156

10. DISCLOSURE OF CONSULTANT ENGAGED

This chapter provides the overview of the consultants engaged in EIA studies.

10.1 ABOUT SV ENVIRO LABS & CONSULTANTS (SVELC):

Pioneered its way in the mid 90’s in Yanam, the Evergreen Union Territory of Puducherry, to

cater quality service in the area of environmental pollution. The laboratory serves have been set

up in an extent of 7500 sft in the city of destiny Visakhapatnam. To provide Analytical expertise

in the field of Environmental Engineering. Our technical expertise is one among the best in the

country, providing economical & sound environmental and safety solutions.

SVELC is an ISO 9001:2008 company and is accredited by:

ISO 9001:2008

ISO 14001: 2004

Ministry of Environment, Forests & Climate Change (MoEF&CC), Govt. of India, New

Delhi

National Accreditation Board for Education & Training (NABET) registered

Environmental consultants by Quality Council of India (QCI).

National Accreditation Board for Testing and Calibration Laboratories (NABL) in the

field of testing

OSHAS 18001: 2007

10.2 SERVICES OFFERED BY SV ENVIRO

Environmental:

Environmental Impact Assessments

Environmental Management Plan

Environmental Audits preparation

Solid and hazardous waste management

Risk assessment and disaster management plans

Occupational health and safety studies

Socio-economic studies

Marine impact assessment

Rehabilitation and resettlement studies


157

Analysis:

Environmental monitoring for air, water, soil, noise, ecology, hazardous waste, etc

Industrial emission source monitoring

Offshore sampling and analysis of marine water and sediments

Analysis of water, wastewater, soil, solid waste, hazardous waste, lube oils, etc

Noise quality monitoring

Work zone source emission analysis

The firm has been engaged in the work of Environmental Impact Assessment studies for

category –A & B projects, preparation of Environmental management plans (EMP) for the last

10 years for the purpose of obtaining clearance from Ministry of Environment, Forests &

Climate Change.

ANNEXURE-I

TERMS OF REFERENCE

(i)

F. No. 10-44/2017-IA-III Government of India

Ministry of Environment, Forest and Climate Change (IA.III Section)

Indira Paryavaran Bhawan, Jor Bagh Road, New Delhi - 3

Date: 7th September, 2017 To,

Deputy General Manager (Env) M/s Gujarat Maritime Board, "Sagar Bhavan", Sector 10/A, Opp: Air force Station, Sachivalaya, Gandhinagar-382010 (Gujarat).

Subject: Incorporation of service jetties and allied facilities at Rozi Pier Port, Jamnagar, Gujarat by M/s Gujarat Maritime Board - Terms of Reference - reg.

Sir, This has reference to your proposal No. IA/GJ/MIS/62204/2017 dated 30th

January, 2017, submitted the above proposal to this Ministry for seeking Terms of Reference (ToR) in terms of the provisions of the Environment Impact Assessment (EIA) Notification, 2006 under the Environment (Protection) Act, 1986.

2. The proposal for grant of Terms of Reference (ToR) to the project `Incorporation of service jetties and allied facilities at Rozi Pier Port', Jamnagar, Gujarat promoted by M/s Gujarat Maritime Board was considered by the Expert Appraisal Committee (Infra-2) in its 21st meeting held on 21-24 August, 2017.

3. The details of the project, as per the documents submitted by the project proponent, and also as informed during the above said meeting, are under:-

The Bedi Group Port, Jamnagar is operated under the Port Officer, Gujarat Maritime Board Jamnagar. The group of ports consists of several landing facilities right from Salaya, Sikka, Bedi Old Port, New Port, Rozi Pier Project, Sachana and up to Jodia. The Groups of ports under Bedi Port has been in operation since more than pre-independence time. The Rozi Pier is a part of Bedi port is classified as Minor Port. The port has capability to explore both commercial and geographical advantages. Bedi Group of Ports offer an ideal location for handling agricultural product, coal and bauxite. Among the fertilizer products, fertilizer and its raw materials are generated imported through this port. The Rozi pier is a part of Group which is situated in Jamnagar itself which is about 275 km from Ahmedabad in Gujarat.

(ii) M/ s Gujarat Maritime Board proposes to Existing 400 m piled jetty and 100 m wharf will be expanded by having additional 300 m wharf by reclamation and CC Block wall, Construction of 105 m length jetty (which includes 50 m marine police jetty, 30m forest jetty, 25m GMB jetty), backup area (56.3 m2) along with 78m retaining wall and approach bund of 230 m length X 7 m wide. The proposal also includes development of 1000m length x 30 m width backup jetty. The ultimate cargo handling capacity will be @ 8 MMTPA after the proposed activity.

Proposal No. IA/GJ/MIS/62204/2017 Page 1 of 5

(iii) The above mentioned landing place is situated eastern part of the Ruchi Infrastructure at the Coordinates of the place is 22°33'N and Long 70°02'E.

(iv) The process of development of Rozi Pier started before 1989. As a part the process, 400.0m wharf to handle about 3 million metric ton cargo per annum was planned on the traffic demand of experienced at that time based on the technical guidance of Central Water & Power Research Station, Pune. The wharf facility as planned for lighterage operation with natural depths of about -2.5 at Chart Datum. Out of these 400.0m wharf length, contractor abandoned the work due to contractual dispute with GMB and only 100.0m wharf (now operated by M/ s Ruchi Infrastructure in western side) was able to be completed and remaining 300.0m in waterfront was left unattended by the contractor at that time in line with existing pile jetty having length of 400.0m in eastern side.

(v) Thus, the proposed landing facility admeasuring 300.0 rn in water front length at Rozi Pier which will be created by filling the gap between existing wharf having 100.0m waterfront (Ruchi Infrastructure) and existing pile jetty of 400.0m length, construction of 105 m length jetty and development of backup area.

(vi) M/s Gujarat Maritime Board proposes the following activities to augment the existing facilities to cater the growing needs. The proposed facilities are:

1) To the existing 400 rn piled jetty and 100 m wharf will be expanded by having additional 300 m wharf by reclamation and CC Block wall.

2) Construction of boat jetty of 105m length and 7 mts (which includes 50 m marine police jetty, 30m forest jetty, 25 m GMB jetty) and backup area of 56.3 sqm with 78m of retaining wall and approach bond of 230 m length and 7 m wide

3) Development of 1000 m X 30 m backup area.

4. The EAC, after detailed deliberations, recommended the project for grant of ToR as specified by the Ministry as Standard ToR in April, 2015 for the said project/activity (Annexure-I) and the following ToR in addition to Standard ToR for preparation of EIA-EMP report. As per the recommendation of the EAC, the Ministry of Environment, Forest and Climate Change hereby accords ToR to the project 'Incorporation of service jetties and allied facilities at Rozi Pier Port, Jamnagar, Gujarat promoted by M/s Gujarat Maritime Board, for preparation of the Environmental Impact Assessment (EIA) Report and Environmental Management Plan (EMP) with the following additional conditions:

(i) Importance and benefits of the project.

(ii) The data collection and impact assessment shall be as per standards survey methods.

(iii) A separate chapter on status of compliance of Environmental Conditions granted by State/Centre to be provided. As per circular dated 30th May, 2012 issued by MoEF&CC, a certified report by RO, MoEF&CC on status of compliance of conditions on existing port to be provided in EIA-EMP report.

(iv) Submit a complete set of documents required as per para 4.2 (i) of CRZ Notification, 2011.

Proposal No. 1A/GFMIS/62204/2017

Page 2 of 5

(v) Submit a copy of layout superimposed on the HTL/LTL map demarcated by an authorized agency on 1:4000 scale.

(vi) Recommendation of the SCZMA.

(vii) Prior clearance from NBWL shall be obtained in respect of protected area.

(viii) Various Ports facilities with capacities for proposed project.

(ix) List of cargo to be handled along with mode of transportation.

(x) Layout plan of existing and proposed Port.

(xi) A detailed analysis of the physico-chemical and biotic components in the highly turbid waters round the project site (as exhibited in the Google map shown during the presentation), compare it with the physico- chemical and biotic components in the adjacent clearer (blue) waters both in terms of baseline and impact assessment and draw up a management plan.

(xii) Study the impact of dredging on the shore line.

(xiii) A detailed impact analysis of rock dredging.

(xiv) Action plan for disposal of dredged soil and rocks.

(xv) Dispersion modeling for the dumping of the dredge materials shall be carried out. The study report shall be incorporated.

(xvi) Details of air pollution control measures to be taken as well as cost to be incurred.

(xvii) Total water consumption and its source. Wastewater management plan.

(xviii) Details of Environmental Monitoring Plan.

(xix) The impacts of rock excavation and dredging separately.

(xx) A para-wise compliance to the consent conditions as may have been prescribed by the State Pollution Control Board.

(xxi) The EIA would follow the orders of the respective courts and include a chapter in the EIA on the Court cases including those at the Supreme Court and the NGT.

(xxii) The Marine biodiversity impact assessment report and management plan through the National Institute of Oceanography (NIOS) or any other institute of repute on marine, brackish water and fresh water ecology and biodiversity. The report shall study the impact of the project activities on the intertidal biotopes, corals and coral communities, molluscs, sea grasses, sea weeds, subtidal habitats, fishes, other marine and aquatic micro, macro and mega flora and fauna including benthos, plankton, turtles, birds etc. as also the productivity. The data collection and impact assessment shall be as per standards survey methods.

(xxiii) Disaster Management Plan for the above terminal.

(xxiv) Layout plan of existing and proposed Greenbelt.

(xxv) Status of court case pending against the project.

(xxvi) A tabular chart with index for point wise compliance of above TORS.

(xxvii) Public hearing to be conducted and issues raised and commitments made by the project proponent on the same should be included in EIA/EMP Report in

Proposal No. IA/GRMIS/6220 W2017

Page 3 of 5

the form of tabular chart with financial budget for complying with the commitments made.

It was recommended that ToR' along with Public Hearing prescribed by the Expert Appraisal Committee (Infrastructure- 2) should be considered for preparation of EIA / EMP report for the above mentioned project in addition to all the relevant information as per the 'Generic Structure of EIA' given in Appendix Ill and IIIA in the EIA Notification, 2006. The draft EIA/EMP report shall be submitted to the State Pollution Control Board for public hearing. The issues emerged and response to the issues shall be incorporated in the EIA report.

General Guidelines

(I) The EIA document shall be printed on both sides, as for as possible.

(ii) All documents should be properly indexed, page numbered.

(iii) Period/date of data collection should be clearly indicated.

(iv) Authenticated English translation of all material provided in Regional languages.

(v) The letter/application for EC should quote the MoEF&CC File No. and also attach a copy of the letter prescribing the ToR.

(vi) The copy of the letter received from the Ministry on the ToR prescribed for the project should be attached as an annexure to the final EIA-EMP Report.

(vii) The final EIA-EMP report submitted to the Ministry must incorporate the issues mentioned in ToR and that raised in Public Hearing. The index of the final EIA-EMP report, must indicate the specific chapter and page no. of the EIA-EMP Report where the specific ToR prescribed by the Ministry and the issue raised in the Public Hearing have been incorporated. Questionnaire related to the project (posted on MoEF&CC website) with all sections duly filled in shall also be submitted at the time of applying for EC.

(viii) Grant of ToR does not mean grant of EC.

(ix) The status of accreditation of the EIA consultant with NABET/QCI shall be specifically mentioned. The consultant shall certify that his accreditation is for the sector for which this EIA is prepared.

(x) On the front page of EIA/EMP reports, the name of the consultant/consultancy firm along with their complete details including their accreditation, if any shall be indicated. The consultant while submitting the EIA/EMP report shall give an undertaking to the effect that the prescribed ToRs (ToR proposed by the project proponent and additional ToR given by the MoEF&CC) have been complied with and the data submitted is factually correct (Refer MoEF&CC Office memorandum dated 4th August, 2009).

(xi) While submitting the EIA/EMP reports, the name of the experts associated with/involved in the preparation of these reports and the laboratories through which the samples have been got analysed should be stated in the report. It shall clearly be indicated whether these laboratories are approved under the Environment (Protection) Act, 1986 and the rules made there under (Please refer MoEF&CC Office Memorandum dated 4th August, 2009). The project leader of the EIA study shall also be mentioned.

Proposal No. INGRMIS/62204/2017

Page 4 of 5

(xii) All the ToR points as presented before the Expert Appraisal Committee (EAC) shall be covered.

5. The above ToR should be considered for the project 'Construction of two offshore container berths and development of container terminal on BOT basis in Mumbai Harbour by Mumbai Port Trust, in addition to all the relevant information as per the 'Generic Structure of Elk given in Appendix III and II1A in the EIA Notification, 2006.

6. A detailed draft EIA/EMP report should be prepared in terms of the above additional ToR and should be submitted to the State Pollution Control Board for conducting Public Hearing. Public Hearing to be conducted for the project in accordance with the provisions of the EIA Notification, 2006 and the issues raised by the public should be addressed in the Environmental Management Plan. The Public Hearing should be conducted based on the ToR letter issued by the Ministry and not on the basis of Minutes of the Meeting available on the web-site.

7. The project proponent shall submit the detailed final EIA/EMP prepared as per ToR to the Ministry for considering the proposal for environmental clearance within 3 years as per the MoEF&CC O.M. No.J-11013/41/2006-IA-11(1) (P) dated 08.10.2014.

8. The consultants involved in preparation of EIA/EMP report after accreditation with Quality Council of India/National Accreditation Board of Education and Training (QCl/NABET) would need to include a certificate in this regard in the EIA/EMP reports prepared by them and data provided by other Organization(s)/ Laboratories including their status of approvals etc. vide Notification of the MoEF&CC dated 19.07.2013.

9. The prescribed ToR would be valid for a period of three years for submission of the EIA/EMP Reports.

(Kushal Vashist) Director

Copy to:

The Member Secretary, Gujarat Pollution Control Board, Paryavaran Bhavan, Sector-10A, Gandhinagar-382010, Gujarat, Phone: 079-2323 2152, Fax: (079) 2323 2156, 2322 2784, 2323 2161, Email: [email protected].

Proposal No. IA/GPMIS/6220-1/2017 Page 5 of 5

Annexure - I

7(e): STANDARD TERMS OF REFERENCE FOR CONDUCTING ENVIRONMENT IMPACT ASSESSMENT STUDY FOR PORTS, HARBOURS AND INFORMATION TO BE INCLUDED IN EIA/EMP REPORT

i. Reasons for selecting the site with details of alternate sites examined/rejected/ selected on merit with comparative statement and reason/basis for selection. The examination should justify site suitability in terms of environmental angle, resources sustainability associated with selected site as compared to rejected sites. The analysis should include parameters considered along with weightage criteria for short-listing selected site.

ii. Details of the land use break-up for the proposed project. Details of land use around 10 km radius of the project site. Examine and submit detail of land use around 10 km radius of the project site and map of the project area and 10 km area from boundary of the proposed/existing project area, delineating project areas notified under the wild life (Protection) Act, 1972/critically polluted areas as identified by the CPCB from time to time/notified eco-sensitive areas/interstate boundaries and international boundaries. Analysis should be made based on latest satellite imagery for land use with raw images.

iii. Submit the present land use and permission required for any conversion such as forest, agriculture etc. land acquisition status, rehabilitation of communities/ villages and present status of such activities.

iv. Examine and submit the water bodies including the seasonal ones within the corridor of impacts along with their status, volumetric capacity, quality likely impacts on them due to the project.

v. Submit a copy of the contour plan with slopes, drainage pattern of the site and surrounding area.

vi. Submit the details of terrain, level with respect to MSL, filling required, source of filling materials and transportation details etc.

vii. Examine road/rail connectivity to the project site and impact on the existing traffic network due to the proposed project/activities. A detailed traffic and transportation study should be made for existing and projected passenger and cargo traffic.

viii. Submit details regarding R&R involved in the project. ix. Submit a copy of layout superimposed on the HTL/LTL map demarcated by an

authorized agency on 1:4000 scale along with the recommendation of the SCZMA. x. Submit the status of shore line change at the project site

xi. Details of the layout plan including details of channel, breakwaters, dredging, disposal and reclamation.

xii. Details of handling of each cargo, storage, transport along with spillage control, dust preventive measures. In case of coal, mineral cargo, details of storage and closed conveyance, dust suppression and prevention filters.

xiii. Submit the details of fishing activity and likely impacts on the fishing activity due to the project. Specific study on effects of construction activity and pile driving on marine life.

xiv. Details of oil spill contingency plan.

xv. Details of bathymetry study. xvi. Details of ship tranquillity study.

xvii. Examine the details of water requirement, impact on competitive user, treatment details, use of treated waste water. Prepare a water balance chart.

xviii. Details of rainwater harvesting and utilization of rain water. xix. Examine details of Solid waste generation treatment and its disposal. xx. Details of desalination plant and the study for outfall and intake.

xxi. Examine baseline environmental quality along with projected incremental load due to the proposed project/activities.

xxii. The air quality monitoring should be carried out according to the notification issued on 16th November, 2009.

xxiii. Examine separately the details for construction and operation phases both for Environmental Management Plan and Environmental Monitoring Plan with cost and parameters.

xxiv. Submit details of a comprehensive Risk Assessment and Disaster Management Plan including emergency evacuation during natural and man-made disasters

xxv. Submit details of the trees to be cut including their species and whether it also involves any protected or endangered species. Measures taken to reduce the number of the trees to be removed should be explained in detail. Submit the details of compensatory plantation. Explore the possibilities of relocating the existing trees.

xxvi. Examine the details of afforestation measures indicating land and financial outlay. Landscape plan, green belts and open spaces may be described. A thick green belt should be planned all around the nearest settlement to mitigate noise and vibrations. The identification of species/ plants should be made based on the botanical studies.

xxvii. The Public Hearing should be conducted for the project in accordance with provisions of Environmental Impact Assessment Notification, 2006 and the issues raised by the public should be addressed in the Environmental Management Plan. The Public Hearing should be conducted based on the ToR letter issued by the Ministry and not on the basis of Minutes of the Meeting available on the web-site.

xxviii. A detailed draft EIA/EMP report should be prepared in accordance with the above additional TOR and should be submitted to the Ministry in accordance with the Notification.

xxix. Details of litigation pending against the project, if any, with direction /order passed by any Court of Law against the Project should be given.

xxx. The cost of the Project (capital cost and recurring cost) as well as the cost towards implementation of EMP should be clearly spelt out.

xxxi. Any further clarification on carrying out the above studies including anticipated impacts due to the project and mitigative measure, project proponent can refer to the model ToR available on Ministry website "http://moef.nic.in/Manual/Port and harbour".

ANNEXURE-II

SITE LAYOUT PLAN OF EXISTING AND PROPOSED

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

C

W

C

L

R

C

C

J

E

T

T

Y

GPS1

C

W

C

L

S

M

I

L

J

M

B

A

X

I

J

E

T

T

Y

R

U

C

H

I

I

N

F

R

A

S

T

R

U

C

T

U

R

E

A

R

E

A

3

5

4

3

2

.

8

7

S

Q

M

.

A

R

E

A

7

8

4

0

.

3

0

S

Q

M

.

A

R

E

A

1

4

1

9

6

.

6

9

S

Q

M

.

A

R

E

A

3

2

7

2

0

.

5

2

S

Q

M

.

W

H

A

R

F

J

.

M

.

B

A

X

I

R

C

C

J

E

T

T

Y

G

R

E

E

N

B

E

L

T

G

R

E

E

N

B

E

L

T

G

R

E

E

N

B

E

L

T

TBM VALUE AT

GPS2

ABONDED EDIBLE

OIL TANK

G

A

T

E

G

A

T

E

G

A

T

E

G

A

T

E

G

A

T

E

G

A

T

E

Ø

1

7

.

0

0

Ø

1

4

.

0

0

Ø20.00

Ø20.00

Ø20.00

Ø20.00

STRUCTURE

5.52 x 3.85

A

B

O

N

D

E

D

E

D

I

B

L

E

O

I

L

T

A

N

K

W

A

Y

B

R

I

D

G

E

7

.

7

0

x

3

.

3

9

W

A

Y

B

R

I

D

G

E

O

F

F

I

C

E

3

.

8

3

x

3

.

4

0

W

A

Y

B

R

I

D

G

E

1

8

.

5

4

x

3

.

4

8

W

A

Y

B

R

I

D

G

E

O

F

F

I

C

E

2

1

.

2

5

x

8

.

8

6

R

U

C

H

I

I

N

F

R

A

S

T

R

U

C

T

U

R

E

R

U

C

H

I

I

N

F

R

A

S

T

R

U

C

T

U

R

E

G

R

E

E

N

B

E

L

T

2

2

.

8

3

x

2

.

9

7

O

F

F

I

C

E

3

.

8

0

x

3

.

5

4

S

H

E

D

2

0

.

3

3

x

6

.

1

0

R

O

O

M

9

.

5

5

x

6

.

3

7

O

F

F

I

C

E

1

2

.

0

0

x

5

.

5

0

T

O

I

L

E

T

1

3

.

0

0

x

4

.

3

0

STRUCTURE

13.13 x 6.14

STRUCTURE

18.00 x 3.00

WAREHOUSE

86.35 x 48.07

SECURITY OFFICE

3.13 x 3.04

GATE PASS OFFICE

8.60 x 6.50

O

F

F

I

C

E

7

0

.

6

0

x

9

.

2

5

WAY BRIDGE

18.25 x 3.57

WAY BRIDGE OFFICE

17.97 x 1.82

SECURITY OFFICE

3.67 x 3.63

TOILET

8.34 x 5.88

WORKSHOP

6.47 x 4.65

RCC PLATFORM

100.45 x 100.07

WATER TANK

Ø6.24

DG ROOM

12.13 x 4.20

L

I

G

H

T

H

O

U

S

E

Ø

1

0

.

6

8

SEA

SEA

SEA

SEASEA

SEA

SEA

SEA

SEA

SEA

SEA

SEA

SEA

SEA

SEA

SEA

SEA

JETTY TOP +8.00 mtr.

1

0

0

.

0

0

5

0

.

0

0

2

5

0

.

0

0

S

M

I

L

R

C

C

J

E

T

T

Y

1

2

.

0

0

1

2

.

0

0

4

7

.

4

9

9

.

0

0

7

9

.

0

9

9

.

0

0

7

8

.

8

8

9

.

0

0

1

6

7

.

8

7

2

5

.

5

0

2

5

.

5

0

2

5

.

5

0

6

0

.

8

4

A

B

O

N

T

M

E

N

T

M

A

I

N

3

0

0

.

0

0

G

A

P

E

4

2

9

.

9

5

9

6

.

0

0

5

0

.

0

0

2

5

0

.

0

0

1

1

4

.

5

9

K

A

C

H

H

A

R

A

S

T

A

K

A

C

H

H

A

R

A

S

T

A

1

0

0

.

0

0

K

A

C

H

H

A

R

A

S

T

A

M

A

IN

G

A

T

E

4

.

4

7

4

.

4

1

5

.

3

9

8

.

7

5

3

2

.9

5

2

6

.

4

6

1

9

.

3

4

5

.

7

3

6

.

3

1

6

.

0

2

2

8

.

5

5

5

.0

5

1

1

.

7

3

5

7

.

1

3

2

.

9

6

3

6

1

.

0

9

1

.

8

1

7

9

.

2

2

1

9

6

.

6

4

1

1

0

.

4

1

9

.9

6

60.51

34.85

7

.5

4

1

2

.3

1

9

.

8

1

4

1

.

3

1

2

1

.

9

0

5

.2

3

5

.

6

6

8

.

4

2

9

.4

1

5.85

4

.

4

7

2

.

4

0

1

3

0

.

7

0

9

3

.

6

1

4

.

4

7

55.52

2

.

4

4

4

.8

7

7

.

8

3

3

8

.

2

5

8

3

.

4

8

2

4

.

5

3

2

.4

6

4

.

2

7

3

.0

7

1

9

.

2

3

2

.

4

1

7.91

4

8

.

6

9

10.56

4

8

.

2

7

1

2

.9

8

4

3

.

0

8

8

.7

5

30.4

8

4

3

.

7

2

3

0

.

1

5

1

9

2

.

2

7

3

.

7

1

5

.

5

8

8

.

4

7

1

7

.

8

1

P

E

V

A

R

B

L

O

C

K

R

O

A

D

P

E

V

A

R

B

L

O

C

K

R

O

A

D

A

S

P

H

A

L

T

R

O

A

D

A

S

P

H

A

L

T

R

O

A

D

A

S

P

H

A

L

T

R

O

A

D

1

0

1

.

1

4

9

9

.

7

0

1

0

0

.

0

7

1

0

0

.

4

5

1

6

.

7

8

1

4

.

6

0

1

4

.

9

2

1

4

8

.

0

7

7

9

.

4

1

1

2

.

9

8

4

4

.

3

8

G

A

T

E

G

A

T

E

5

8

.

9

3

9

.

1

2

1

0

7

.

0

2

9

.

1

8

2

6

8

.

6

0

9

.

1

6

1

2

8

.

4

3

9.10

1

3

.2

81

2

.

6

7

2

7

.

5

5

3

2

.

1

0

Approved By:-

-TBM VALUE AT JETTY TOP +8.00 mtr.

Scale: 1:1000

DHARMESH INTWALA

Checked by

B S BARIA

25 DEC 2012

Surveyed by

Date of Survey

Drawing ROZI PIER PORT

TOPOGRAPHY SURVEY OF ROZI PIER PORT

-SPOT LEVEL REDUCED TO JETTY TOP TBM

SHEET 01

NOTES

GRID

GEODETIC PARAMETERS

UTM

ZONE

DATUM WGS - 84

42

UNIT METER

UTM GPS CO-ORDINATS

GPS1 N 2496425.639

E 607406.499

GPS2 N 2496363.547

E 607353.674

GEOTECHNIC RESEARCH

MOBILE : 98241 02436 E-MAIL : [email protected]

6,7,8, SHOPPING OPP. POLYTECHNIC COLLEGE, OLD N.H. NO. 8, BHARUCH.

SOIL & MATERIAL TESTING LABORATORY

AN ISO 9001 : 2008 CERTIFIED COMPANY

GUJARAT MERITIME BOARD

CLIENT:

PROJECT:

GUJARAT MERITIME BOARD

CONTRACTOR:

GHANDHINAGAR,GUJARAT

-

-

-

-

AS PER WORK ORDER AREA :

SURVEYED AREA:

ACTULE SURVEYED AREA :

17.50 HECTARE

13.40 HECTARE

GRID SCALE

25 50025

12575 100

NAMESYMBOL

All dimensions are in meters.

All levels are in meters.

All levels are recoreded at every 25.00 m intervals

All contour line are plotted at 0.25 m intervals

All levels are plotted at every 25.00 m intervals

4.

5.

7

.

0

0

0

COMPOUND WALL

6

.

2

6

1

GPS POINTS

DRAINS

JETTY AREA

INTERNAL ROAD

ELECTRIC SUB STATION

WEIGH BRIDGE OFFICE

WEIGH BRIDGE

ABONDED EDIBLE OIL TANKS

TOILET

GATE

GATE

TBM

PLATFORM AREA

TRAFFIC & CUSTOM OFFICE

BUILDINGS & OTHER STRUCTURE

STRUCTURE

FENCING

X X

ROCK BAND

PORT BOUNDARY

SEQURITY OFFICE

LIGHT HOUSE

UNDER GROUND WATER TANK

GREEN BELT

SEA

PROTCTION BUND

LIGHT HOUSE AREA

C W C L JETTY

SMIL JETTY

J M BAXI JETTY

RUCHI INFRASTRUCTURE AREA

5

.

8

1

7

0

.1

7

35.22

2

8

.

5

5

1

9

.

4

4

2

4

.

2

2

18.52

22.4

5

1

2

0

.

1

7

9

6

.

6

4

1

6

2

.

0

4

5

3

.

4

2

1

5

8

.

8

0

5

1

.

4

9

1

6

6

.

9

5

S

E

C

U

R

I

T

Y

E

L

E

C

T

R

I

C

A

L

R

O

O

M

9

.

4

6

x

6

.

5

5

E

L

E

C

T

R

I

C

A

L

W

O

R

K

S

H

O

PS

H

E

D

1

6

.

3

8

x

6

.

4

2

W

O

R

K

S

H

O

P

S

E

C

U

R

I

T

Y

&

CUSTOM

UNDER GROUND

N 2495650

E 6

07

32

5

N 2495875

N 2495850

N 2495825

N 2495800

N 2495775

N 2495750

N 2495725

N 2495700

N 2495925

N 2496475

N 2495950

E 6

07

52

5

E 6

07

50

0

E 6

07

47

5

E 6

07

45

0

E 6

07

42

5

E 6

07

40

0

E 6

07

37

5

E 6

07

35

0

N 2495675

N 2496175

N 2496450

N 2496425

N 2496400

N 2496375

N 2496350

N 2496325

N 2496300

N 2496275

N 2496250

N 2495900

N 2496200

N 2496150

N 2496125

N 2496100

N 2496075

N 2496050

N 2496025

N 2496000

N 2495975

N 2496225

E 6

06

87

5

E 6

07

02

5

E 6

06

97

5

E 6

07

05

0

E 6

06

95

0

E 6

07

07

5

E 6

06

92

5

E 6

07

10

0

E 6

07

12

5

E 6

06

90

0

E 6

07

00

0

E 6

07

15

0

E 6

07

17

5

E 6

06

85

0

E 6

07

20

0

E 6

06

77

5

E 6

07

22

5

E 6

06

82

5

E 6

06

80

0

E 6

07

30

0

E 6

07

27

5

E 6

07

25

0

8

.

0

5

5

7

.

9

7

2

8

.

1

1

9

7

.

9

8

1

7

.

9

4

1

7

.

9

1

1

7

.

9

7

7

7

.

8

0

4

7

.

9

0

4

7

.

9

3

4

7

.

8

9

4

7

.

8

0

9

7

.

7

4

6

7

.

7

8

5

7

.

8

1

4

7

.

8

6

3

7

.

5

8

1

7

.

7

5

0

7

.

9

2

0

7

.

9

5

9

7

.

6

7

2

7

.

6

5

7

7

.

6

7

3

7

.

7

0

5

7

.

8

2

2

7

.

8

2

0

8

.

1

3

2

7

.

6

1

4

7

.

9

0

8

7

.

8

4

3

7

.

5

4

5

7

.

5

8

9

7

.

6

2

2

7

.

6

8

6

7

.

6

3

9

7

.

5

2

3

7

.

9

3

8

7

.

9

2

5

7

.

9

8

5

7

.

8

5

9

7

.

8

1

0

7

.

7

6

4

7

.

6

1

1

7

.

6

6

8

7

.

7

0

7

7

.

6

2

4

7

.

6

3

1

7

.

6

1

3

7

.

3

4

4

7

.

9

0

7

7

.

7

7

4

7

.

8

6

3

7

.

7

9

0

7

.

6

5

5

7

.

5

7

7

7

.

8

4

2

7

.

8

5

1

7

.

7

2

9

7

.

7

4

5

7

.

7

4

5

7

.

6

9

0

7

.

8

0

9

7

.

9

5

0

7

.

9

0

1

7

.

8

5

2

7

.

7

3

0

7

.

5

0

2

7

.

6

6

1

7

.

2

7

5

8

.

0

0

5

7

.

4

6

7

7

.

4

5

3

7

.

8

0

8

7

.

8

8

8

7

.

8

3

3

8

.

0

3

2

8

.

3

5

2

7

.

4

7

6

8

.

0

1

8

7

.

8

5

7

7

.

7

8

3

8

.

0

0

7

8

.

0

2

0

7

.

9

3

6

8

.

0

7

5

8

.

2

2

8

8

.

0

8

2

8

.

1

1

1

7

.

5

0

2

7

.

9

4

1

7

.

9

4

5

7

.

8

7

9

7

.

8

8

9

8

.

1

0

8

8

.

0

8

0

8

.

0

2

0

8

.

1

7

9

8

.

2

4

1

8

.

1

7

3

7

.

8

4

3

7

.

8

8

4

7

.

8

1

6

7

.

8

4

6

7

.

9

4

1

8

.

0

9

0

7

.

8

4

6

7

.

8

2

3

7

.

9

6

8

7

.

9

8

8

8

.

0

5

6

7

.

6

9

8

7

.

9

3

2

7

.

7

3

7

7

.

5

7

4

7

.

6

0

5

7

.

5

4

7

7

.

4

9

3

7

.

7

1

9

7

.

7

8

1

7

.

1

4

7

7

.

8

7

5

7

.

8

7

1

7

.

1

9

3

7

.

2

1

7

7

.

3

4

2

7

.

5

3

8

7

.

1

6

0

7

.

6

6

7

7

.

3

1

1

7

.

3

7

5

8

.

0

0

9

8

.

1

3

9

7

.

3

7

0

7

.

8

9

4

7

.

6

2

9

7

.

2

9

2

6

.

6

3

1

7

.

3

2

4

7

.

3

3

4

7

.

2

0

0

7

.

9

2

3

7

.

8

7

9

8

.

2

1

7

7

.

3

8

8

6

.

9

8

0

6

.

9

1

0

6

.

8

8

6

7

.

0

2

9

7

.

1

8

5

7

.

0

9

5

7

.

2

8

9

7

.

2

1

9

7

.

9

8

6

7

.

1

4

6

6

.

9

9

6

6

.

9

7

6

6

.

8

6

6

7

.

2

0

9

7

.

3

1

9

7

.

3

6

5

7

.

2

1

5

6

.

8

0

4

7

.

6

3

7

7

.

1

2

0

7

.

2

9

9

7

.

5

0

0

7

.

7

2

3

7

.

6

8

2

7

.

6

7

4

7

.

4

6

7

7

.

2

8

7

7

.

2

1

7

7

.

4

9

8

7

.

5

4

7

7

.

3

5

2

7

.

5

4

6

7

.

0

6

7

7

.

1

5

7

7

.

3

0

4

7

.

4

1

4

7

.

2

2

9

7

.

5

8

5

7

.

5

5

2

7

.

7

5

8

7

.

4

2

9

7

.

2

8

5

6

.

5

5

7

7

.

2

5

2

7

.

1

0

5

6

.

8

8

6

6

.

2

7

0

6

.

8

0

5

7

.

4

6

3

7

.

0

9

8

7

.

3

2

6

7

.

0

6

1

7

.

1

6

1

6

.

4

7

9

6

.

1

8

0

6

.

6

6

4

6

.

5

9

3

7

.

6

5

1

7

.

3

2

0

7

.

4

9

7

7

.

5

3

9

7

.

1

3

2

6

.

7

1

0

7

.

1

7

1

7

.

0

3

4

JAMNAGAR

ROZI PIER PORT

5

0

.

0

0

3

0

.

0

0

2

5

.

0

0

7

.

0

0

5

6

.

3

0

3

1

.

2

4

M

A

R

I

N

E

P

O

L

I

C

E

J

E

T

T

Y

5

0

.

0

M

.

L

O

N

G

(

7

.

0

M

.

W

I

D

E

)

F

O

R

E

S

T

J

E

T

T

Y

3

0

.

0

M

.

L

O

N

G

(

7

.

0

M

.

W

I

D

E

)

G

M

B

J

E

T

T

Y

2

5

.

0

M

.

L

O

N

G

(

7

.

0

M

.

W

I

D

E

)

AP

PR

OA

CH

B

UN

D 230 M

TR

. (7.00 M

TR

. W

ID

E)

M

A

R

I

N

E

P

O

L

I

C

E

J

E

T

T

Y

5

0

.

0

M

.

L

O

N

G

(

7

.

0

M

.

W

I

D

E

)

B

A

C

K

U

P

A

R

E

A

R

E

T

A

I

N

G

W

A

L

L

3

0

.

0

0

3

0

x

1

0

0

0

L

O

N

G

A

D

D

I

T

I

O

N

A

L

B

E

L

T

C

O

N

S

T

R

U

C

T

I

O

N

F

O

R

R

O

A

D

&

R

A

I

L

W

A

Y

3

0

x

1

0

0

0

L

O

N

G

A

D

D

I

T

I

O

N

A

L

B

E

L

T

C

O

N

S

T

R

U

C

T

I

O

N

F

O

R

R

O

A

D

&

R

A

I

L

W

A

Y

3

0

x

1

0

0

0

L

O

N

G

A

D

D

I

T

I

O

N

A

L

B

E

L

T

C

O

N

S

T

R

U

C

T

I

O

N

F

O

R

R

O

A

D

&

R

A

I

L

W

A

Y

1

0

0

0

.

0

0

M

t

r

.

SPOT LEVEL

6

.

2

6

1

CONTOUR & RL

GRID CO-ORDINATE

N 2366485

N 2366480

N 2366490

N 2366495

E 2

06

15

5

E 2

06

15

0

E 2

06

16

5

E 2

06

16

0

ES ORIGINAL

TREE

LELECTRIC POLL

ANCHOR PLACE

LEMP POST

SCALE.

LEGEND.

NOTES.

1.

2.

3.

AutoCAD SHX Text

N

ANNEXURE-III

GPCB CTE AND CTO’S

M/s. GUJARAT MARITIME BOARD (ROZI PORT)

COMPLIANCE FOR CONSENT FOR ESTABLISHMENT

ORDER No.PC/CCA-JMN-449/9546 Dt: 15.05.2009

S.No CONDITIONS COMPLIANCE SPECIFIC CONDITIONS 1 The validity period of the order will be five years for

the date of issue.

Noted and followed.

2 Applicant shall not start any construction activities

without getting Environment Clearance certificate

from SEIAA/Ministry of Environment and Forest

under EIA notification dated 14/09/2006

We have already obtained Environmental

Clearance with vide order No: 10-28/2007-

IA-III Dated 13 January 2009. As the

validity of the order expired we have

applied for EC Re validation.

3 Applicant shall comply with all conditions stipulated

by SEIAA/Ministry of Environment and Forest in the

order of Environment Clearance as and when issued.

We will follow all the rules and regulations

stipulated by the SEIAA/Ministry of

Environment and Forest in the order of

Environment Clearance as and when

issued.

4 Applicant shall obtain CRZ clearance from

competent authority under CRZ Rules.

No ground water shall be used for the project coming

under

• dark zone without permission of competent

authority

• Unit shall provide metering facility at the outlet

of the ETP/unit

We have applied and obtained CRZ

clearance from MoEF & CC vide order

no:10-28/2007-IA-III Dated 13 January

2009.

We will not use ground water if the project

is in dark zone. We will provide flow

meters at the outlet of the ETP / unit.

CONDITIONS UNDER WATER ACT 1974

5 There shall be no generation/discharge of the

industrial effluent during the construction as well

We will not discharge any effluent outside

the industry premises during the

operational phase construction as well operational phase.

6 The quantity of the domestic waste water (sewage)

shall not exceed 12 to 15kl/day.

We will not exceed the stipulated quantity

of domestic waste water.

7 Sewage shall be disposed of through portable

sanitary unit develop and maintained by the unit

We will follow as per the rules directed.

CONDITIONS UNDER AIR ACT 1981

8 The following shall be used as fuel

Sr.No Fuel Quantity

1. HSD 10KL/D

We will use HSD of 10 KLD as fuel.

9 The applicant shall install & operate air pollution

control system in order to achieve norms prescribed

below

We will install & operate air pollution

control system to achieve norms

prescribed.

10 The flue gas emission through stack shall conform to

the following standards

Stac

k

No

Stack

attache

d to

Stac

k

heig

ht in

mete

r

APC

M

Paramet

er

Permissi

ble Limit

1 D.G.S

ET

NO-1

8mtr ----- PM

SO2

NOX

150

mg/NM3

100 ppm

50 ppm

2 D.G.S

ET

NO-1

8mtr ----- PM

SO2

NOX

150

mg/NM3

100 ppm

50 ppm

We will comply to the stack emissions as

stipulated.

11 There shall be no process emission stack in the unit We will not install any process emission

stack in this unit.

12 Stack monitoring facilities like porthole;

platform/ladder etc. shall be provided With

stacks/vents chimney in order to facilitate sampling

We will provide porthole; platform/ladder

etc.with stacks/vents chimney in order to

facilitate sampling of gases being emitted

of gases being emitted into the atmosphere into the atmosphere

13 Ambient air quality within the premises of the

industry shall conform to the following standards: -

PARAMETERS PERMISSIBLE

LIMIT

Suspended Particulate

Matter

200 Microgram/M3

RSPM 100 Microgram/M3

SO2 80 Microgram/M3

NOX 80 Microgram/M3

We will conform to the standards

prescribed.

14 All measures for the control of environmental

pollution shall be provided before commencing

production.

We will provide all the measures related to

environmental pollution before

commencement of production.

CONDITIONS UNDER HAZARDOUS WASTE:

15 Applicant shall have to comply with provisions of

Hazardous Waste (Management, Handling and

Transboundary Movement} Rule-2008 as amended

from time to time.

We will comply with provisions of

Hazardous Waste (Management, Handling

and Trans boundary Movement} Rule-

2008 as amended from time to time.

15.1 The applicant shall obtain membership of common

TSDF site for disposal of Haz. Waste as categorized

in Hazardous Waste (Management, Handling and

Transboundary movement) Rule-2008 as amended

from time to time.

We will obtain membership of common

TSDF site for disposal of Haz. Waste as

categorized in Hazardous Waste

(Management, Handling and

Transboundary movement) Rule-2008 as

amended from time to time.

15.2 The applicant shall obtain membership of common

Haz. Waste incinerator for disposal of incinerable

waste.

We will obtain membership of common

Haz. Waste incinerator for disposal of

incinerable waste.

15.3 The applicant shall provide temporary storage

facilitie for each type of Haz. Waste as per

Hazardous Waste (Management , Handling and

transboundary movement) Rule-2008 as amended

We will provide temporary storage

facilitie for each type of Haz. Waste as per

Hazardous Waste (Management , Handling

and transboundary movement) Rule-2008

from time to time as amended from time to time

GENERAL CONDITION :

16 Adequate plantation shall be carried out all along the

periphery of the industrial premises in such a way

that the density of plantation is at least 1000 trees per

acre of land and a green belt of 5 meters width is

developed.

We will plant trees along the boundary or

periphery of the industrial premises as per

the rules and regulation of the Board.

17 The applicant shall have to submit the returns in

prescribed form regarding water consumption and

shall have to make payment of water cess to the

Board under the Water Cess Act- 1977

We will submit the returns regarding

water consumption and will make payment

of water cess to the Board under the Water

Cess Act-1977 as applicable.

18 In case of change of ownership/management the

name and address of the new

owners/partners/directors/proprietor should

immediately be intimated to the Board.

We will intimate the change of

ownership/management the name and

address of the new

owners/partners/directors/proprietor to the

Board.

19 The applicant shall however, not without the prior

consent of the Board bring into use any new or

altered outlet for the discharge of effluent or gaseous

emission or sewage waste from the proposed

industrial plant. The applicant is required to make

applications to this Board for this purpose in the

prescribed forms under the provisions of the Water

Act-1974, the Air Act-1981 and the Environment

{Protection) Act-1986.

We will not use any new or altered outlet

for the discharge of effluent without prior

consent from the Board.

20 The applicant also comply with the General

conditions as per Annexure-1 attached herewith

(No.1 to 38) (whichever applicable).

We will comply.

21 The concentration of Noise in ambient air within the

premises of industrial unit shall not exceed following

levels:

Between 6 A.M. and 10 P.M.: 75 dB(A)

Between 10 P.M. and 6 A M. : 70 dB(A)

We take necessary precautions that the

concentration of Noise in ambient air

within the premises of industrial unit

exceeds the stipulated quantity.

22 Applicant is required to comply with manufacturing,

Storage and Import of Hazardous Chemicals Rules-

1989 framed under the Environment (Protection)

Act-1986.

We will comply to manufacturing, Storage

and Import of Hazardous Chemicals Rules-

1989 framed under the Environment

(Protection) Act-1986.

23 If it is established by any competent authority that the

damage is caused due to their industrial activities to

any person or his property .in that case they are

obliged to pay the Compensation as determined by

the competent authority.

We will pay compensation if any damage

is caused due to industrial activities to any

person or his property

-;,.,

~~".GPCB

GUJARAT POLLUTION CONTROL BOARDPARYAVARAN BHAVAN

Sector 10-A Gandhinagar 382010Phone (079) 23226295Fax (079) 23232156Website www.gpcb.govin

ByR.P.A.D.In exercise of the power conferred under section-25 of the Water (Prevention and Control of

Pollution) Act-1974, under section-21 of the Air (Prevention and Control of Pollution)-1981 andAuthorization under rule 3(c) & 5(5) of the Hazardous Waste (Management and IIandling) Rules' 1989 &as amended up to year 2003 framed under the Environment (Protection) Act-1986.

And whereas Board has received consolidated consent application Inward No.70198 dated01.08.2013 for the Consolidated Consent and Authorization (CC&A) of this Board under theprovisions/rules of the aforesaid Acts Consents & Authorization arc hereby granted as under:CONSENTS:(Under the provisions /rules ofthe aforesaid environmental acts)

To;GUJARAT MARITIME BOARD(ROZI PORT),ROZI PIER, BEDI GROUP OF PORTS,

~ZI PORT AREA,JAMNAGARD1ST. JAMNAGAR.

1. Consent Order NO.AWH-58171 Date of issue: 07/11/2013.

2. The consents shall be valid up to 30/07/2018 for use of outlet for the discharge of trade effluent& emission due to operation of port for handling of General bulk cargo of following items.

SR.NO.I23

PRODUCTS/ MATERIALSBAUXITE/CEMENTCOALFERTlLlZERIFOOD GRAINS AND OTHER

HANDLING PER MONTH500000MT500000MT400000MT

3.3.13.2

3.3

3.4

3.5

3.6

3.73.8

Specific Conditions::Applicant shall comply Guidelines for Handling of Coal at port enclosed as Annexure A.Instead of converting all ports to coal handling ports, GMB has to work out policy ofdedicated coal handling ports to avoid complaints and litigation.In case of coal cargo handling quantity of cargo handled should remain same as per existingcargo handling ..Applicant shall carry our adequate plantation all along the periphery of the port & inside &outside of the port along with road.Applicant shall strictly observe that no coal should be stored or stacked in open anywhere outsidethe port arca in city area.Applicant shall improve the existing road condition and shall ensure proper surfacing of internalroads to avoid the spillage of bulk cargo on road.Applicant shall ensure proper surfacing of stacking platform.AP.2!icant shall ensure maximum sprinkling of water at each & every stage of transporting coal

uJt!l'~~t6uja,.frtat6,.ef!'ff GujaratISO - 9001 - 2008 & ISO - 14001 - 2004 Certified Organisation

http://www.gpcb.govin

3.9 Applicant shall ensure that all trucks before leaving the port shall covered with tarpaulin as weBas assured that trucks are not over loaded.

3.10 Applicant shall ensure regular sweeping of coal from internal & main road & space 0 freecirculation.

3.11 Applicant shall operate the continues ambient Air Quality Monitoring station & shall submitresults of SPM, RSPM. NOx, S02 month wise to GPeB.

3.12 Applicant shall ensure that stacking of coal is not higher than compound wall.3.13 Applicant shall provide adequate firefighting measure to avoid any fire. Also assure that there

shall be no explosive or chemical reaction in bulk cargo. For this an onside emergency planshould be prepared & compiled by applicant & port users.

3.14 You shall not carry out any activity which may attracts the applicability of E.I.A.Notification 2006.

4. CONDITIONS UNDER THE WATER ACT:4.1. The quantity of trade effluent from the factory shall be "Nil".4.2 The quantity of Sewage effluent [rom the factory shall not exceed 10.0 KLPD4.3 Domestic effluent shall be disposed ofYthrough septic tank/soak pit system.

5. CONDITIONS UNDER THE AIR ACT5.1 There shall be no use offue\.5.2 There shall be no flue gas emission as \vell as process emission from the activity carried out at the

port.5.3 The acoustic enclosure of acoustic treatment of the room shall be designed for minimum 25

dB(A) insertion loss or for meeting the ambient noise standers, whichever is on the higher side (ifthe actual ambient noise is on the higher side, it may not be possible to check the perfol1l1ance ofthe acoustic enclosure /acoustic treatment. Under such circumstances the performance may bechecked for noise reduction up to actual ambient noise level, preferably, in the night time). Themeasurement for Insertion loss may be done at different points at 0.5 m from the acousticenclosure/room and then averaged.

5.4 The concentration of the following parameters in the ambient air within the premises of theindustry shall not exceed the limits specified hereunder.

PARAMETER PERMISSffiLE LIMIT (Microgram! M3

Annual 24 Hrs. AverageParticulate matter-IO PM10 60 100Particulate matter-2.5 IPM2.5 40 60SO, 50 80NOx 40 80

5.5 The industry shall take adequate measures for control of noise levels from its own sources withinthe premises so as to maintain ambient air quality standards in respect of noise to less than75dB(a) during day time and70 dB (A) during night time. Daytime is reckoned in between6a.m. audIO p.m. and night time is reckoned between 10 p.m. and 6 a.m.

6. Authorizationfor the Management& Handling of HazardousWastes Form-2 (See rule 3 (c)& 5 (5) Form for grant of authorization for occnpier or operator handling hazardous wasteunder Hazardous waste (MJI & TM) Ruels,2008 Form for grant of authorization for occupieror operator handling hazardous waste.

GUJARAT POLLUTION CONTROL BOARDPARYAVARAN BHAVAN

Sector 10-A, Gandhinagar 382010Phone (079) 23226295Fax (079) 23232156

Number of authorization: AWH-58t71 Date of issue; 07/111W8?site www.gpcb.gov.inMis. GUJARAT MARITIME BOARD(ROZI PORT) is hereby granted an authorization tooperate facility tor foIIowing hazardous wastes on the premises situated at ROZI PfER. DEDIGROUP OF PORTS, ROZI PORT AREA, JAMNAGAR,DIST. JAMNAGAR.

Sr. Waste Quantity Schedule--I FacilityINo. (MTNr.) ProcessNo.I

I. Used Spent Oil 1.00 1-5.1 COJlectiOD,Storage,

ITransportation,Disposal by seJling to registerednrellrocessor / Recvclers

6.2 The authorization is granted to operate a facility for collection, storage within factory premisestransportation and ultimate disposal of Hazardous wastes by selling to the Registered Rc-processors/Recyclers having valid CCA of this Board/or disposal at TSDF.

6.3 The authorization shall be valid up to 30/07/2018.6.4 The authorization is subject to the conditions stated below and such other conditions as may be

specified in the rules from time to time under the Environment (Protection) Act-J986.7. TERMS AND CONDITIONS OF HAZ(M,H&TM)RULES-2008

a) The applicant shall comply with the provisions of the Environment (Protection) Act - ] 986and the rules made there under.

b) The authorization shall be produced for inspection at the request of an officer authorized b.ythe Gujarat Pollution Control Board.

c) The persons authorized shalJ not rent, lend, sell, and transfer of otherwise transport thehazardous wastes without obtaining prior permission of the Gujarat PoJlution Control Board.

d) Any unauthorized change in personnel, equipment or working conditions as mentioned in theauthorization order by the persons authorized shall constitute a breach of this authorization.

e) h is the duty of the authorized person to take prior pennission of the Gujarat PollutionControl Board to dose down the facility.

f) An application for the renewal of an authorization shall be made as laid down in rule ~7.7.1 ln addition to above tenus and conditions lndustry shall also comply foJJowing directives issued

by the Supreme Court ofIndia dated. 14.10.2003.a) Industry shall have to display the relevant infonnation with regard to hazardous waste as

indicated in the Court's order in W.P. NO.657 of J 995 dated 14th October 2003b) Industry shall have to display on-line data outside the main factory gate with regard to quantity

and nature of hazardous chemicals being handled in the plant. including wastewater and airemissions and solid hazardous wastes generated within the facto)}' premises.

8. GENERAL CONDITIONS:8.1 Any change in personnel, equipment or working conditions as mentioned in the consents

fonn/order should immediately be intimated to this Board.8.2 Whenever due to accident or other unforeseen act or ever, such emissions occur or is

apprehended to occur in excess of standards laid down such information shall be forthwithreported to Board, concerned Police Station, Office of Directorate ofHeaJth Service, Depanmentof Explosives, lnspectorate of Factories and local body. Tncase of failure of pollution controlequipments, the production process connected to it shall be stopped. Remedial actions/measuresshall be implemented immediately to bring entire situation normal.

8.3 The Environmental Management UnitfCeH shall be setup to ensure implementation on andmonitoring of environmental safeguards and other conditions ·stipulaied by statutor)' authorities.The",,"!Jl!lJl>llllli /oI'!!WJ1'NtflV"'i~pP!hr6'u""t"(ll(l:xecu/;ve of theorg~MifW\haV""d"'at a ~ct1 pt!5fnf1O'/"j"n~ernaJJZlng~nvlronm~ntal. issues. These

ISO - 9D01 - 2D08 & ISO - 14001 - 2004 Certified Organisation

http://www.gpcb.gov.in

ceUs/units also coordinate the exercise of environmental audit and preparation of environmentalstatements.

8.4 The Environmental audit shall be carried out yearly and the environmental statements pertainingto the previous year shall be submitting to this State Board latest by 30th September cvery year.

8.5 The Board reserves the right to review and/or rcvoke the consent and/or make variations in theconditions, which the Board deems, fit in accordance with Section 27 of the Act.

8.6 In case of change of ownership/management the name and address of the newo\vners/partners/directors/proprietor should immediately be intimated to the Board.

8.7 Industry shall have to display the relevant infonnatioll with regard to hazardous waste as indicatedin the HOll. Supreme order in w.p. no. 657 of 1995 dated 14th October 2003.

8.8 Industry shall provide PPEs to all the worker involved in coal handling and are exposed to workarea.

8.9 Industry shall provide water sprinkling system in such a way that entire coal is covered.8.10 Industry shall provide continual mechanized sweeping system in coal handling area of the port.8.11 industry shall provide closed conveyors in coal handling and coal handling system shall have to

be mechanized at every step starting from unloading from barrage to final dispatch to cnd user.

NO: PC/CCA/JMN-449/lD-329901 1653 'i ~ISSUED TO:GUJARA T MARITIME BOARD(ROZI PORT),ROZI PIER, BEDI GROUP OF PORTS,ROZI PORT AREA,.IAMNAGAR

DIST. JAMNAGAR.

ror and on behalf ofGujarat Pollution Contr~~l~oar~

~ .... , (" Ii(V.R.GIIA GEi

Sr. Environmental EngineerDATE:\S~ 11.20/.'>


COMPLIANCES FOR CONSENT ORDER

No. AWH-58171 Dt: 07.11.2013

S.No Conditions Compliance

3 Specific Conditions

3.1 Applicant shall comply Guidelines for Handling of

Coal at port enclosed as Annexure A.

We will comply to the Guidelines for Handling

of Coal at port enclosed as Annexure A.

3.2 Instead of converting all ports to coal handling ports,

GMB has to work out policy of dedicated coal

handling ports to avoid complaints and litigation.

We will work out policy of dedicated coal

handling ports to avoid litigations.

3.3 In case of coal cargo handling quantity of cargo

handled should remain same as per existing cargo

handling.

We will handle same quantity of cargo handling

as per existing cargo handling.

3.4 Applicant shall carry our adequate plantation all along

the periphery of the port & inside & outside of the port

along with road.

We have provided extensive greenbelt along the

periphery of the port & inside & outside of the

port along with road.

3.5 Applicant shall strictly observe that no coal should be

stored or stacked in open anywhere outside the port

area in city areas.

We will store coal only in closed shed or rooms.

3.6 Applicant shall improve the existing road condition

and shall ensure proper surfacing of internal roads to

avoid the spillage of bulk cargo on road.

We will improve and ensure the road condition

and proper surfacing of internal roads to avoid

the spillage of bulk cargo on road.

3.7 Applicant shall ensure proper surfacing of stacking

platform.

We will ensure proper surfacing of stacking

platform.

3.8 Applicant shall ensure maximum sprinkling of water at

each & every stage of transporting coal up the loading

truck to avoid generation of coal dust.

We will sprinkle water at each & every stage of

transporting coal up the loading truck to avoid

generation of coal dust.

3.9 Applicant shall ensure that all trucks before leaving the

port shall covered with tarpaulin as well as assured that

trucks are not over loaded.

We will cover all trucks with tarpaulin before

leaving the port. Trucks will not be over loaded.

3.10 Applicant shall ensure regular sweeping of coal from

internal & main road & space or free circulation.

We will maintain good housekeeping in and

around the port.

3.11 Applicant shall operate the continues ambient Air

Quality Monitoring station & shall submit results of

SPM, RSPM, NOx, SO2 month wise to GPCB.

We will operate continues ambient Air Quality

Monitoring station. Reports wikk we submitted

to the GPCB.

3.12 Applicant shall ensure that stacking of coal is not

higher than compound wall.

We will ensure that the coal stacking is not

higher than compound wall.

3.13 Applicant shall provide adequate fire fighting measure

to avoid any fire. Also assure that there shall be no

explosive or chemical reaction in bulk cargo. For this

an onside emergency plan should be prepared &

compiled by applicant & port users.

We have provided adequate fire fighting measure

to avoid fires. We will ensure that there is no

explosive or chemical reaction in bulk cargo. On

site emergency plan is prepared

3.14 You shall not carry out any activity which may attracts

the applicability of E.I.A. Notification 2006.

We are not carrying any activity which attracts

the applicability of EIA Notification 2006.

4. CONDITIONS UNDER THE WATER ACT:

4.1 The quantity of trade effluent from the factory shall be

“Nil”.

We are not discharging any trade effluent from

the factory.

4.2 The quantity of sewage effluent from the factory shall

not exceed 10.0 KLPD.

We are not exceeding 10.0 KLPD. of sewage

effluent.

4.3 Domestic effluent shall be disposed off through septic

tank/ soak pit system.

We are disposing domestic effluent through

septic tank/ soak pit system.

5 CONDITIONS UNDER THE AIR ACT:

5.1 There shall be no use of fuel. We are not using fuel.

5.2 There shall be no flue gas emission as well as process

emission from the activity carried out at the port.

There will be no flue gas emission as well as

process emission from the activity carried out at

the port.

5.3 The acoustic enclosure of acoustic treatment of the

room shall be designed for minimum 25 dB(A)

insertion loss or for meeting the ambient noise

standers, whichever is on the higher side (if the actual

ambient noise is on the higher side, it may not be

possible to check the performance of the acoustic

enclosure/acoustic treatment. Under such

circumstances the performance may be checked for

noise reduction up to actual ambient noise level,

We have provided acoustic enclosure as directed

by the Board.

preferably, in the night time). The measurement for

insertion loss may be done at different points at 0.5 m

from the acoustic enclosure/room and then averaged.

5.4 The concentration of the following parameters in the

ambient air within the premises of the industry shall

not exceed the limits specified hereunder.

PARAMETER PERMISSIBLE LIMIT

(Microgram/M3)

Annual 24 Hrs. Average

Particulate

Matter – 10

(PM10)

60 100

Particulate

Matter – 2.5

(PM2.5)

40 60

SO2 50 80

NOX 40 80

The concentration of the parameters in the

ambient air are not exceeding the specified

limits.

5.5 The industry shall take adequate measures for control

of noise levels from its own sources within the

premises so as to maintain ambient air quality

standards in respect of noise to less than 75 dB(a)

during day time and 70 dB(A) during night time. Day

time is reckoned in between 6 a.m. and 10 p.m. and

night time is reckoned between and 10 p.m. and 6 a.m.

We are taking necessary measures for control of

noise levels from its own sources within the

premises so as to maintain ambient air quality

standards in respect of noise to less than 75

dB(a) during day time and 70 dB(A) during

night time.

6. Authorization for the Management & Handling of

Hazardous Wastes Form-2 (See rule 3 (c) & 5(5) Form

for grant of authorization for occupier or operator

handling hazardous waste under Hazardous waste

(M,H & TM) Rules, 2008 Form for grant of

authorization for occupier or operator handling

hazardous waste.

We have obtained all necessary clearances from

the competent authority.

6.1 Name of authorization: AWH-58171 Date of issue:

07/11/2013.


is hereby granted an authorization to operate facility

for following hazardous wastes on the premise situated

at ROZI PIER, BEDI GROUP OF PORTS, ROZI

PORT AREA, JAMNAGAR, DIST. JAMNAGAR.

S.

No

Waste Quantit

y

(MT/Yr

)

Schedule-

1 Process

No.

Facility

1. Used

Spent

Oil

1.00 1- 5.1 Collection,

Storage,

Transportation,

Disposal by

selling to

registered

pre-processor/

Recyclers

Noted.

6.2 The authorization is granted to operate a facility for

collection, storage within factory premises

transportation and ultimate disposal of Hazardous

wastes by selling to the Registered

Reprocessors/Recyclers having valid CCA of this

Board/or disposal at TSDF.

Noted and followed.

6.3 The authorization shall be valid up to 30/0712018. Noted.

6.4 The authorization is subjected to the conditions stated

below and such other conditions as may be specified in

the rules from time to time under the Environment

(Protection) Act-1986.

We will obey.

7. TERMS AND CONDITIONS OF HAZ (M,H&TM) RULES-2008

a) The applicant shall comply with the provisions of

the Environment (Protection) Act – 1986 and the

We will comply.

rules made there under.

b) The authorization shall be produced for inspection

at the request of an officer authorized by the

Gujarat pollution Control Board.

c) The persons authorized shall not rent, lend, sell

and transfer of otherwise transport the hazardous

wastes without obtaining prior permission of the

Gujarat pollution Control Board.

d) Any unauthorized change in personnel, equipment

or working conditions as mentioned in the

authorization order by the persons authorized

shall constitute a breach of this authorization.

e) It is the duty of the authorised person to take prior

permission of the Gujarat pollution Control Board

to close down the facility.

f) An application for the renewal of an authorization

shall be made as laid down in rule-7.

7.1 In addition to above terms and conditions industry

shall also comply following directives issued by the

Supreme court of India dated. 14.10.2003.

We will follow.

a) Industry shall have to display the relevant

information with regard to hazardous waste as

indicated in the Court’s order in W.P. No.657 of

1995 dated 14th October 2003.

b) Industry shall have to display on-line data outside

the main factory gate with regard to quantity and

nature of hazardous chemicals being handled in

the plant, including waste water and air emissions

and solid hazardous wastes generated within the

factory premises.

We have displayed information with regard to

hazardous waste as indicated in the Court’s

order in W.P. No.657 of 1995 dated 14th October

2003.

We have also displayed on-line data outside the

main factory gate with regard to quantity and

nature of hazardous chemicals being handled in

the plant, including waste water and air

emissions and solid hazardous wastes generated

within the factory premises.

8 GENERAL CONDITIONS:

8.1 Any change in personnel, equipment or working

conditions as mentioned in the consents form/order

We will intimate to the board if any change

personnel, equipment or working conditions as

should immediately be intimated to this Board. mentioned in the consents form/order.

8.2 Whenever due to accident or other unforeseen act or

ever, such emissions occur or is apprehended to occur

in excess of standards laid down such information

shall be forthwith reported to Board, concerned Police

Station, Office of Directorate of Health Service,

Department of Explosives, Inspectorate of Factories

and local body. In case of failure of pollution control

equipments, the production process connected to it

shall be stopped. Remedial actions/measures shall be

implemented immediately to brig entire situation

normal.

We will report to Board, concerned Police

Station, Office of Directorate of Health Service,

Department of Explosives, Inspectorate of

Factories and local body if any accident or other

unforeseen act has occurred.

8.3 The Environmental Management Unit/Cell shall be

setup to ensure implementation on and monitoring of

environmental safeguards and other conditions

stipulated by statutory authorities. The Environmental

Management Cell/Unit shall directly report to the

Chief Executive of the organization and shall work as

local point for internalizing environmental issues.

These cells/units also coordinate the exercise of

environmental audit and preparation of environmental

statements.

We are having an Environmental Management

cell for implementation on and monitoring of

environmental safeguards and other conditions

stipulated by statutory authorities.

8.4 The Environmental audit shall be carried out yearly

and the environmental statements pertaining to the

previous year shall be submitting to this State Board

latest by 30th September every year.

We are carrying out Environmental audit every

year. We are submitting environmental

statements pertaining to the previous year by 30th

September every year.

8.5 The Board reserves the right to review and/or revoke

the consent and/or make variations in the conditions,

which the Board deems, fit in accordance with Section

27 of the Act.

We will obey.

8.6 In case of change of owner/management the name and

address of the new owners / partners / directors /

proprietor should immediately be intimated to the

We will intimated to the board if any change of

owner/management the name and address of the

new owners / partners / directors / proprietor

Board.

8.7 Industry shall have to display the relevant information

with regard to hazardous waste as indicated in the

Hon. Supreme Order in w.p.no 657 of 1995 dated 14th

October 2003.

We have displayed relevant information with

regard to hazardous waste as indicated in the

Hon. Supreme Order in w.p.no 657 of 1995

dated 14th October 2003.

8.8 Industry shall provide PPES to all the worker involved

in coal handling and are exposed to work area.

We have provided PPES to all the worker

involved in coal handling and are exposed to

work area.

8.9 Industry shall provide water sprinkling system in such

a way that entire coal is covered.

We have provided water sprinkling system in

such a way that entire coal is covered.

8.10 Industry shall provide continual mechanized sweeping

system in coal handling area of the port.

We have provided continual mechanized

sweeping system in coal handling area of the

port.

8.11 Industry shall provide closed conveyors in coal

handling and coal handling system shall have to be

mechanized at every step starting from unloading from

barrage to final dispatch to end user.

We have provided closed conveyors in coal

handling and coal handling system.

ANNEXURE-IV

DISASTER MANAGEMENT PLAN

1 | P a g e

STATEDISASTERMANAGEMENTPLANFOR

NONMAJORPORTSOFGUJARAT(PORTS&TRANSPORTDEPARTMENT,GOVERMENTOFGUJARAT)

2017

PORTS&TRANSPORTDEPARTMENTDISASTERMANAGEMENTPLAN

(PORTWING)GUJARATMARITIMEBOARD

INDEX

Sr.

No.

DESCRIPTION PAGENO

1 LegalFramework 2

2 Details ofDMPatGMBPorts 4

3 Standard Operating Procedureduring disaster 8

4 Communication Information 20

5 Details ofGMBports 22

2 | P a g e

RULESTOBEFOLLOWED BYGUJARAT PORTS

LEGALFRAMEWORK

DISASTERMANAGEMENTACT-2005

FACTORIESACT

DOCKWORKERS(SH&W)REGULATIONS ACT1986

ENVIRONMENT(PROTECTION)ACT1986

(Manufacture, Storage and Import of Hazardous Chemical(Amendment) Rules(MSIHC)RULES 1986)

CHEMICAL ACCIDENTS (EMERGENCY PLANNING PREPAREDNESS &RESPONSE)RULES1986

GMBACT1982

UNCLOS – UNITED NATIONS CONVENTION ON THE LAW OF THE SEA,1982

IMOANTI-PIRACYPROGRAMME (MOSTLYSOFTLAW)

SUA - CONVENTION FOR THE SUPPRESSION OF UNLAWFUL ACTSAGAINST THE SAFE TOF MARITIME NAVIGATION (ROMECONVENTION),1988

ISPS - INTERNATIONALSHIPAND PORT FACILITY SECURITY CODE +SOLASAMENDMENTS,2002

(SOLAS–INTERNATIONALCONVENTIONFORTHESAFETYOFLIFEATSEA,’74)

INDIAN PORTS FOLLOW IMO CONVENTIONS ISPS CODE(INTERNATIONAL SHIP AND PORTABILITY SECURITY CODE) ANDSOLAS CH XI-2. ALL MAJOR PORTS ARE ISPS COMPLIANT AND AREUNDERCENTRALGOVERNMENT.

ISPSCODE

3 | P a g e

4 | P a g e

DISASTERMANAGEMENT ISAPARTOFDEVELOPMENT

WHICHENSURESSAFE-SECUREDEVELOPMENT

GMBruns"EMERGENCYRESPONSECENTRECONTROLROOM"24hoursat

followingportsfrom1Mayto30thNovemberofeveryyear

1 Gandhinagar2 Magdalla 3 (Dahej)Bharuch 4 Bhavnagar 5 Alang 6 Jafrabad 7 Veraval 8 Porbandar 9 Bedi(Jamnagar) 10 Navalakhi (Morbi) 11 Okha 12 Mandvi

ABOVEALL PORTSARECONNECTEDBYFOLLOWING COMMUNICATION

EQUIPMENT'S

1 HFCommunication

2 BSNLlandline phone

3 FAX

4 Internet

5 | P a g e

BACKUP POWERSUPPLY

SrNo.

NameofthePort

Backupavailable

1 Bhavnagar 0175KVAcapacityDGsetforentirecomplex01additional portable Gensetforcontrolroom

2 Alang 01portable (2.5 KVA)Gensetforcontrolroom40KVADGsetforofficebuilding

3 Jafrabad 01inverterisprovided forentirenew officebuilding including controlroom

4 Veraval 01portable Genset isprovided forcontrolroom

5 Porbandar 0115KVADGsetisprovided forcontrolroom

6 Okha 01DGsetforentireport01additional portable Gensetforcontrolroom

7 Jamnagar 0182KVAcapacityDGsetisprovided forentireofficecomplexincludingcontrolroom

8 Navlakhi DGsetisavailableatnavlakhiPortAndone35KVADGsetisavailableatMorbioffice

9 Mandvi 01portable Genset isprovided forcontrolroom

10 Surat 260KVADGsetatfirestation, 15KVADGsetatw/s,01inverterincontrolroom(Powerisinterconnected)

11 Bharuch 01portable Gensetforcontrolroom

6 | P a g e

PORTSUNDERGOVERNMENTOFGUJARAT STATE

GROUPWISE

SR.NO

GROUPOFPORTS SUBPORTS DESIGNATIONOFHEADOFPORTS

1 MANDAVI MUNDRAKOTESHWARJAKHAU

PORTOFFICERMANDAVI

3 NAVALAKHI NAVALAKHI PORTOFFICER NAVALKHI

4 JAMANAGAR BEDIPINDHARASALAYASIKKAJODIYA

PORTOFFICERJAMANAGAR

5 OKHA OKHARUPENBEYT

PORTOFFICER OKHA

6 PORBANDAR PORBANDAR PORTOFFICERPORBANDAR

7 VERAVAL VERAVALNAVABANDARKOTADAMADHAVADMANGAROLMUL DWARKA

PORTOFFICERVERAVAL

8 JAFRABAD JAFRABADVICTORPIPAVAVMAHUVARAJAPARA

PORTOFFICERJAFRABAD

9 BHAVNAGAR BHAVNAGAR

GHOGHA

TALAJA

PORTOFFICER

BHAVNAGAR

10 MAGDALLA UMERGAON

MAROLI

VALSAD

PORTOFFICER

MAGDALLA

7 | P a g e

BILLIMORA

ONJAL

KOLAK

UMERSADI

VANSIBORSI

11 ALANG ALANG PORTOFFICER ALANG

8 | P a g e

StandardOperatingProcedures

Followingaremain disaster tobefaced bycoastofGujarat

(Sequence considering occurrenceofincident)

1 FIRE

2 CYCLONE/TSUNAMI

3 EARTHQUAKE

4 OILSPILL

5 SECURITY

FIRE

There aretwoplacesriskoffire

Shore (shore based infrastructure)

Sea(ship-fleets)

Inthecaseofoffshore fireincident

1 Information receivedfromtheincidentplaceinform tonearest fire

department ofGMB-Government

2 Evacuationofpersonals/workers fromtheplace.

3 Local-nearest fireextinguisher

4 Incaseofany injurycallto108emergency service.

FireFighting systematAlangRecycling Yard

Alangisfire/accidentproneindustryandthenatureofworkinginshiprecyclinginvolvesfire hazards all thetime.Thisisthe reasonthefire station,Alang,to beready24hours todealwithanycalamity.

9 | P a g e

Firefighting arrangement in the yard is being looked after by GMB. The fire

fighting force headed by fire officer is well equipped:

EQUIPMENT

Waterbrowser 16kl–2Nos

Multipurpose Firetender 4Nos

Highpressure minitender 1Nos

Watertanker2Nos

Ambulance van1No

OPERATIONALSTAFF

StationOfficer-1

PumpOperator cumDriver-02

FireJamadar -02

Fireman-13

Allied facilities:

o Water storagesump-02of3lacltrscap.Each atalangandsosiya.The

sump atsosiyaisnon-use.

o Groundwatersource-poweredbyelectricalsubmersiblepump,having

capacityofapprox. 200 lpm.

o Diesel water feed pump- 7.5 hp (non-working) provided at water

storage sump.

Meansofcommunication-

BSNLlandline connection atfirestation

BSNL broadband connection at fire station for the purpose of

AIS.

FIREFIGHTINGSYSTEMATMAGDALLA PORT:

1.FirePump 1Nos. Capacity1800 LPM

2.FireTender 1Nos.Capacity3200 LPM

3. FireFighting networkSystem:

10 | P a g e

Centrifugal Pump1Nos.Capacity171Cum/hrs. M.S.PipeLines 830.33 mtr.150mmdia. Double headed 13Nos.

FireHydrant M.S.StandPost. 13Nos. HoseBox 13Nos. Branch Pipe 13Nos. HoseReel15m. 26Nos.

CYCLONE

StormCategories: International established stormcategoriesareasfollows:

Category–1(WindSpeed64-83knots)Storm surges 4to5 feetabovenormal. Flooded low-lying coastal roads, minor pier damage, some smallcraftsinexposed anchorage tornfrommoorings.

Category–2(WindSpeed84-96knots)Stormsurges6to8feet.Coastal

and low-lyingroads leading inland flooded two to fourhours before the

cyclone eye passes over. Piers damaged small crafts in unprotected

anchorage tornfrommoorings.

Category – 3 (Wind Speed 97-113 knots) Storm surges 9 to 12 feet.

Smaller structures destroyed by coastal flooding, larger structures

destroyedbybatteringwavesandfloating debris.Lowlyingroadsleading

inland flooded threetofivehours before theeyepasses over.

Category – 4 (WindSpeed 114-135 knots) Storm surges 13 to 18 feet.

Flooding of flat terrain up to 10 feet above sea level as far as six mile

inland. Major flooding and wave battering damage to lower floors of

structure nearshore. Lowlyingroadsleadinginlandfloodedthreetofive

hours before theeyepasses over.Majorbeacherosion.

11 | P a g e

Category – 5 (Wind Speed above 136- knots) Storm surges more than

18 feet. Major damage to lower floors of all structure less than 15 feet

abovesealevelwithin500yardsofshore.

StagesofDevelopment ofaCyclone:-

(a)LowPressure Area Lessthen <17knots.

(b)Depression 17–27knots

(c)Deep Depression 28-33kts

(c)CyclonicStorm 34-47knots.

(d)SeverCycloneStorm 48-63kts

(e)VerySeverCycloneStorm 64-119 kts

(f)Super CycloneStorm 120ktsandabove

WebSiteswatched formonitoring ofcyclone

1 www.imd.gov.in

2 www.imdahm.gov.in

3 http://www.solar.ifa.hawaii.edu/Tropical/tropical.html

4 http://cimss.ssec.wisc.edu/tropic2/

CYCLONEWARNINGRECEIVEDFROMINDIANMETEOROLOGICAL DEPARTMENT

DIRECTLY BYALLPORT OFFICERS&HEADOFICEERCCONTROLROOMACTIONTOBETAKENBYPORTOFFICERS

Incaseofcyclone

HOIST SIGNAL

SIREN-ALARM

STOP

WORKING

INFORM ALL

WORKERS/PORT

USERS

ACTIVATE

RESCUE

SECURE FLOTILLA

SAVE CARGO

COMMUNICATION

ALL VEHICLES IN OPERATION

STANDBY POWER SUPPLY

CANCEL LEAVE

READINESS INVENTORY

12 | P a g e

SOPFORCYCLONE

1 HOISTINGOFSIGNALATPORTS2 INFORMALL PORT USERS 3 STOPPINGCARGOHANDLING 4 MAKESAFESTOREDCARGO 5 MAKESAFEALLGMBFLOTILLA UNIT 6 EVACUATEPORTUSERS/GMB STAFF 7 ACTIVATERESCUEOPERATIONTEAM 8 MONITORINGSHIPMOVEMENT

13 | P a g e

Acti. Pre Cyclone Exe.

14 | P a g e

Information ofwarningSignals forcyclone

PORTSTORMWARNINGSIGNAL

N0.

DAYSIGNAL

NIGHTSIGNAL

MEANING

1

DISTANTCAUTIONARY (Thereisaregionofsquallyweatherinwhichastormmaybeforming.)

2

DISTANTWARNING(Astormhasformed.)

3

LOCAL CAUTIONARY (Theportisthreatened bysquallyweather.)

4

LOCALWARNING(Theportisthreatened byastormbutitdoesnotappearthatthedangerisasyetsufficiently greattojustifyextrememeasuresofprecaution.)

5

DANGER(Theportwillexperiencesevereweatherfromacycloneexpected tomovekeeping theporttotheleftofitstrack.)

6

DANGER(Theportwillexperiencesevereweatherfromacycloneexpected tomovekeeping theporttotherightofitstrack.)

7

DANGER(Theportwillexperiencesevereweatherfromacycloneexpected tomoveoverorclosetotheport.)

8

GREATDANGER(Theportwillexperience severeweather fromaseverecycloneexpected tomovekeepingtheporttotheleftofitstrack.)

15 | P a g e

9

GREATDANGER(Theportwillexperience severeweather fromaseverecycloneexpected tomovekeepingtheporttotherightofitstrack.)

10

GREATDANGER(Theportwillexperience severeweather fromaseverecycloneexpected tomoveoverorclosetotheport.)

11

FAILUREOFCOMMUNICATIONS (CommunicationswiththeMeteorological Warningcenter havebrokendownandthelocalofficerconsidersthatthere isdangerofbadweather. )

Standard Operating ProceduresforEARTHQUAKE

1. INFORMATION RECEIVEDFROM IMDORGOVERNMENTTOCNO,

GMB

2. AVAILABLE COMMUNICATION ISUSEDFORIMMEDIATE

CONVERSATION(EXCHANGEOFINFORMATION)

Standard Operating ProceduresforFLOOD

Mainly therearetwoportsarehaving threatofFLOOD DISASTER

A. MAGDALLA (SURAT)

B. DAHEJ(BHARUCH)

1 MONITORINGDAMWATERLEVEL

2 MONITORINGRAINFALL DATAATCATCHMENTAREA

3 MONITORINGSHIPPING MOVEMENTATPORTNEARMOUTH OF

RIVER

4 ARRANGINGRESCUEOPERATION

5 ARRANGMENT OFBOATS

6 ARRANGMENT OFLSA

16 | P a g e

GENERALTERMINOLOGY USEDINWEATHER BULLETINS

Sr.No Intensity ofRainfall in24hours terminology used1 0.1mmto2.4mm Do verylightrain2 2.5mmto7.5mm Do lightrain3 7.6mmto34.9mm Do Light tomoderaterain4 35.0mmto64.9mm Do Moderaterain5 65.0mmto124.0

mmDo Heavyrain

7 Exceeding 125mm VeryHeavyrainEmergency Situation forflood

TABLEFORFLOODWARNING&DANGERLEVELSOFTAPIRIVERMAGDALLA

Whenwaterlevelisraising abovethedangerlevel

When intensity ofrainfallisabove65mm/hr

When breachesareanticipated whichmaycausedisaster

When waterlevelsarerising abruptlywhichmaycausedisaster

WEBSITEFORDAMLEVELINFORMATION

http://guj-nwrws.gujarat.gov.in/showpage.aspx?contentid=1

Chiefincidentcontroller

ViceChairman&ChiefExecutiveOfficer

GujaratMaritimeBoard,

SectorNo.10-A,Gandhinagar

PhoneNo.079-23238363 FaxNo.079-23234704

Sr.

No.

NameofStation DangerLevel

Mtr. Ft.

Warning Level

Mtr. Ft.

1 UkaiDam 105.15 345.00 103.32 339.00

2 KakraparDam 53.66 176.05 53.15 174.33

3 NehruBridge,Surat 9.50 31.16 8.50 27.88

17 | P a g e

SecurityatGujaratPorts

Gujarat has taken strong steps in order to strengthen the coastal and internal

security of the nation. Effective coastal patrolling would require dotting of the

coast linewithseriesofcoastalpolicestationsequippedwithbetterandmodern

facilities, adequate office and residential facilities and motivated and trained

manpower toprovide effectivepolicingand intelligence setup.

CoastalBorderSecurity

Tracking &Warning System:

To track and monitor the movement of Indian Fisherman, GoG have

decidedtoestablishsatellitebased system‘TrackingandWarningsystem’

onabout12000fishingboatsatthecostofRs.95crores,sothatfisherman

couldbetracked and warned whilecrossingtheIBML andcouldbegiven

warning messages during any natural calamity like Tsunami,cycloneetc.

Moreover, fisherman canalsosend distress signals.

VesselTraffic&Monitoring System:

Government of Gujarat, KPT and Government of India have already

implemented VTMS inGulfofKutchfromtheFebruary 2012.

Government of Gujarat has already implemented VTMS in the Gulf of

Khambhat by Aatash Nor Control Ltd. on BOOT basis and is already

operational sinceAugust 15,2010.

The ports in theGulf of Khambhat are benefiting from enhancedsecurity

measuresthroughVTMS,suchasprotectionofvesselscarryinghazardous

cargo, providing vessel traffic information and navigation advice,

monitoringofshippinglanesandseparationschemetoenforcecompliance

of safe navigation regulations, assistance to coast guard & other

authorities, detectionofoilspilland improveoverallportefficiency.

The VTMS is expected to put Gujarat coast in line with international

practice,asVTMSisprevalent inlocationssuchasEurope, SuezGulf,etc.

18 | P a g e

Deployment ofPatrolling Boats:

PatrollingisbeingcarriedoutonportsofGMB

ISPSCompliance:

For the compliance of ISPS code, various measures are been taken in

improving maritimesecurityandsafetywiththehelpoftechnology andIT.

Thelongtermgoalshavebeendeterminedforthesecurityofcoastlineand

ports,includespatrollingboatsforcoastalsecurity,metaldictators,radars,

illumination facilities,CCTVs/Camera.

Marine Policestations:

Under the coastal security scheme initiated by GoI, Out of total 73

proposedmarinepolicestation(allmaritimestates),10areoperationalin

Gujarat at GMB ports – Porbandar,Pipavav, Somnath,Bhavnagar, Hazira,

Jakhau, Mundra, Vadinar andOkha.

Government of Gujarat has allotted land for developing Marine Police

stations atatokenmoney ofRs.1persq.m.

LandBorderSecurity

Gujarat houses many industrial complexes which can be termed as

NationalAssets.

Tostrengthenandtoprovide supportforthe securityneeds ofthesevital

national assets, the Government of Gujarat has taken key initiatives to

have integrated and holistic approach in capacity building and

strengthening oflawenforcement agencies.

Other initiatives in uplifting the security of the nation:Modernizationof

police forces,strengthening of crime control machinery, strengtheningof

counter terrorism capabilities, border management, strengthening of

Intelligencesetup anddisastermanagement.

Followingactivities havebeenearmarkedbytheGovernmentofGujaratto

ensureincreased bordersecurity andfilltheloopholes:

Specialised Training Instituteforborder andcoastalsecurity.

Risingofbattalion ofMarineWinginStateReservePolice.

19 | P a g e

Constructing CoastalPoliceStations.

Modern Systems forCommunications andSurveillance.

Construction ofroadstretchofGadhuli-Hajipir-Khavda-Santalpur.

Development/Improvement ofroads along Kutch,Banaskantha andPatan

districts

OilSpill

As per the requirements of National Oil Spill –Disaster Contingency Plan, every

port has to have in place its own oil spill response mechanism to combat an oil

spill of Tier-1 magnitude. In this context, GMB requested National Institute of

Oceanography,Goa, to carry out Risk Assessment Study of Marine oil spills for

existing& proposed extensionof Port facilities at Okha,Bedi, Navlakhi,Mandvi,

Porbandar,Veraval,Jafrabad,Alang,Bhavnagar,DahejandatMagdallalocatedin

the Gulf of Kuchchh, Gulf of Khambhat and along the Saurashtra coast. GMB

proposes to arrange theoil spill response equipment at each of these locations

afterapprovaloflocaloilspillcontingencyplanfromCoastGuardasperNational

OilSpill–DisasterContingency Plan2015 directives.

20 | P a g e

THEDETAILSOFCOMMUNICATIONINFORMATIONOFGUJARATMARITIMEBOARD

EMERGENCYRESPONSECENTRECONTROLROOM(DT.03/06/2017)

Sr.No

NAME STDCODE

TELEPHONENUMBER

FAXNUMBER Mobile No

1 ShriAjayBhadoo,IASViceChairman &ChiefExecutiveOfficerGujaratMaritime BoardGandhinagar

079 23238363

23234703 -

2 Capt.AshvinSolankiNautical SurveyorGujaratMaritime BoardGandhinagar

079 23234716

23234716

9979669659

3 HEADOFFICECONTROLROOMGANDHINAGAR

079 23224758

23236499

-

4 HEADOFFICEGENERALPHONEGANDHINAGAR

079 23238346-48-51

23234703-4-5 -

5 Ashvin GadhviI/cControlRoomGujaratMaritime BoardGandhinagar

079 23224758

23236499

9727771984

6 PORT&TRANSPORT,SACHIVALAYA,GANDHINAGAR

079 23250508 23250589

7 MAGDALLA (HAZIRA)VTMS

0261 6586788 2977007 9909903748

8 MAGDALLA PORTOFFICER((Capt.R.K.Raman)

0261 2430533 2435645 9925153038

9 BHARUCH PORTOFFICER(Capt.KuldeepSingh)

02642 241772 243140 9998057507

10 BHAVNAGAR PortOfficer(Capt.Sudhir Chhadha)

0278 2210558 2211026 9925153073

21 | P a g e

11 ALANG.PORT OFFICER (Capt.Sudhir Chhadha )

02842 235621 235955 9925153073

12 JAFRABAD PORTOFFICER (Capt.Sudhir Chhadha )

02794 245443

245165 9925153073

13 VERAVAL,PORT OFFICER(Capt.Banshiva Ladva)

02876 221139 221073220001

9638112186

14 PORBANDAR ,PORTOFFICER(Capt.Banshiva Ladva)

0286 2242404 22440132253664

9638112186

15 JAMNAGAR, PORTOFFICER(Capt.ArvindkumarMishra)

0288 2712307 2712815 9099694747

16 OKHAPORTOFFICER(Capt.Rakesh Mishra)

02892 262109 262002 9601254062

17 NAVALAKHI(MORBI)PORTOFFICER (Capt.A.B.Solanki)

02829 227304 234465 9979669659

18 MANDVI ,PORTOFFICER(ShriRCPatel)

02834 222633/223033

230033 9925153083

20 STATECONTROLROOM 079 23251900-11

23251916

21 I.M.D.AHMEDABAD

079

22865012-22867206

2286720622865449

22 Director,IMDAhmedahad

079 2286516522867657

22865449

23 (1)CEO,GSDMA2)Director,GSDMA

079

079

23259302

23259303

23259275

23259275

24 Commissioner ofFisheries 079 23253742

23253730

22 | P a g e

25 Controlroom(Fisheries) 079 2325373023253740

23253730

PROFILE OFGUJARATPORTSUNDERSTATEGOVERNEMNT

Gujarat Maritime Board

Ports–PresentandFutureScenario

A. GujaratPortSector

Gujarat is strategically

locatedwithIndia’slongest

coastline of 1600 km and is the

nearest maritime outlet to Middle

East, Africa and Europe. The state

has42portswhichinclude1major

port and 41 non-major ports. The

state has the highest number of

operational ports and commercial

cargoports.Thestateranksfirstin

cargo throughput amongst all

Indian states.

Gujarat’snon-major portshandled 346 milliontonsoftrafficduring2016-

17;highest incomparison toanyothermaritime stateinthecountry

Overallstatus ofGujarat Ports

1 Gujaratstateishaving 42 ports– includes1majorport and41non-major

ports.

2 PrivatePorts=5

3 Captivejetties=31

4 Privatejetties=10

Location of Gujarat Ports

23 | P a g e

5 Thecoastlineconsistsrefinerybasedcaptivejetty,LNGterminal,Chemical

ports, biggest ship recycling yard private container port, and upcoming

shipbuildingyardetc.

6 Hinterland area North West is depending onGujarat for their petroleum

products.

TheDisasterManagementPlanispreparedfortheSafe&Securedbusinessofall

organization. Gujarat state with 1600 km coast is trying to capitalize on the

strategic advantages of the Gujarat Coastline and develop it as a foremost hub

withdiverseport leddevelopment.

To boost development of Gujarat and provide assessment to North West

hinterland itisessential toprovidesecurityagainst natural&manmade disaster.

Themitigationofanydisaster =Secured life+Infrastructure

A major component of International trade traffic is oil/gas (ENERGY SECTOR),

bulk chemicals (pharmaceutical, industrial) and construction materials is

through Gujarat Coast because of its superior infrastructure in termsof harbor,

ports, jetties and oil/gas pipeline. There are nineteen active ports and jetties,

severalrefineriesandoilinstallationandlargenumberofchemicalindustries.At

thesametime,Gujarat coastisinthemostsevere seismicZone(Zone-V) ofIndia.

B. Existing Maritime Infrastructure

GMBoperatedPorts

Groupofports Commodity Handled

Jamnagar group ofports

Bulk cargo - Fertilizer, Rock Phosphate, Coal , Corn, Soya Meal,Crude/POL Soyabean Oil , Refined Vegetable Oil, Rock Salt, PigIron,Cement, Clinker.

Magdalla (Surat)groupofports

Iron Ore, Scrap. Lime Stone, Sheets, Chemicals and Petroleumproducts

Porbandar Coal,LPG,WetDates, Salt,Cement/Clinker,Clay,Bauxite,Onion,RawCotton,Soda AshandMarine Products.

Navlakhi Coal,Coke

Bhavnagar group ofports

Rock Phosphate, Coal and Coke, Fertilizer, Iron Scrap andSulphur, Wood,Timber,Oil Cakes,Salt, Scrap, Onions, Clay andrape seeds

24 | P a g e

Groupofports Commodity Handled

OkhagroupofportsCoke, Coal , Wheat, Sulphur, Fertilizer, Calcium Bauxite, Onion,Clinker,RawBauxite, Chemicals, SodaAsh

Veraval group ofports

FishingactivitiesandsmallquantityofSodaAsh,FoodGrainandCoal

Mandvi group ofports

Fertilizers, Clinker, Building materials, Clay, Bentonite, CottonSeeds, Salt, Oil Seeds, General Cargo, Powder, Fresh Fruits,Onions, Mica, Animal feed, Potatoes, Dry grass, Roofing tiles,Wheatbran, Fenugreek, HydrochloricAcid,DeepType

Jaffrabad group ofports

Coal, Coke, Clinker, Salt, Fertilizer, Iron ore, Machinery, Steelplates&Pipes

Bharuch group ofports

Fertilizer,RockPhosphate,Coal,Coke,Salt,CausticSoda,Copperslag, Ethylene, LAB, Naphta, Sulphuric acid, Copper, CPS, EDC,EthylHexanol, LNG,Methanol, Propylene

Privateports

CompanyName CargoTypeGujarat PipavavPortLtd. Bulkcargo,Container cargo

Mundra Port&SEZLtd. BulkCargo,Container Cargo

Gujarat Chemical PortTerminal Company Ltd.(GCPTCL)

Liquidcargo

PetronetLNGLtd LNGHaziraPortPvtLtd. LNG

CaptiveJetties

JettiesName CargoType&CharacteristicsReliance Industries Ltd.Hazira

Deep water,allweather direct-berthing multicargoport

Essar Group, 2 no.s ofjettyatHazira

All-weathertidal lighterage Port

L&T,Hazira Deep water,allweather direct-berthing multicargoportEssar Group, 1 no.s ofjettyatHazira

Directberthing

Reliance Industries Ltd.Sikka

All-weather tidal lighterage Port. All-weather petroleumterminal

Gujarat State Fertilizersand Chemicals Ltd. atSikka

Jetty handles only liquid cargo and overheadpipelines forammonia andphosphoric acid

25 | P a g e

JettiesName CargoType&CharacteristicsShree Digvijay CementCo.Ltd.,Sikka


Dahej Harbour andInfrastructure Ltd.,Dahej

Commodities handed are copper concentrate, coal, rockphosphate, liquidammonia, phosphoric acid

Reliance Industries Ltd.2no.s SBM, Sikka

ImportofCrude

Gujarat Ambuja CementLtd., Muldwarka (Old &Newjetty)

Import of raw material and export of finished product ofcementandclinker

UltraTech Cement Ltd.,Kovaya

coal,gypsum, iron-ore

Sanghi Industries Ltd.,Jakhau

Cement and Clinker. All-weather direct berthing captivejettydedicated toocean-going vessels

Reliance Industries Ltd.3,4,5 no.sSBM, Sikka

1no.sofSBMforImportofCrude/2no.sofSBMforexportofliquidproduct

Gujarat Ambuja CementLtd.,Magdalla


BORLSBMatSikka ImportofCrudeIPCLRelianceatDahej All-weathertidal lighterage Port,Liquid cargoReliance Lo-Lo & Ro-RojettyatSikka

Projectcargo

RelianceProductjettyatSikka

Exportoffinished product

Reliance at Hazira,Ethylene


RelianceatHazira,EDC All-weathertidal lighterage PortRelianceatHazira,2Gasjetty


EssarFourtankerberth,Essar LPG & Essar Steelfirstexpansion


J.Passociate, Kutch All-weathertidal lighterage Port

PrivateJetties

JettiesName CargoType&CharacteristicsJ.M. Baxi and Co. RoziPier,Bedi

The jetty is fully equipped with conveyors, hoppers andbagging plants ideally suited for loading and unloadingbulkcargoes

26 | P a g e

JettiesName CargoType&CharacteristicsRuchi InfrastructureLtd.RoziPier,Bedi

Cargo handled - export and import consignment offertilizer,GNextraction,maize, wetdates, rapeseed meal

Shreeji Shipping,Navlakhiprivate

All-weather tidal lighterage Port. Commodity handled iscoal

Saurashtra Cement Ltd.,Porbandar


United Shippers Ltd.,Navlakhi


Shakti Clearing AgencyPvt. Ltd. Naya Bunder,Rozi


Goodearth MaritimeLtd., Jakhau

Onanaverage,10,000tonnes/dayofcargocanbehandled.Cargohandled isSaltandotherconsumer items.

Shantilal Multi Portinfrastructure Ltd. atBedi


WelspunatDahej All-weathertidal lighterage PortJaydeep Associates ,Navlakhi

Coal

Kribhco,Magdalla Fertilizer

SafetyArrangements atPorts

GMB ports where foreign cargo is being handled are provided with safetyarrangementsunder“InternationalShipandPortSecurity(ISPS)Code”asa partof implementation of ISPS Code regular patrolling is being done in sea andcoastal area at the important ports viz. Bedi, Porbander, Okha, through “HighSpeed Petrol Boat” engaged on contract basis. Safety arrangement at all theimportant state ports is assigned to “Gujarat Industrial Security Force” - anundertaking ofGujarat State.

The sate coastline is adjacent to international boundary and therefore issensitive. Government has decided to establish “Marine Police Stations” at theprescribed locations along the coastline for intensive patrolling and safetymeasures. In this regard, Marine Police Stations are to be established on thecoastalareaofNavaBandar(NearVeraval),Porbander,Bhavnagar,NavlakhiandOkhaintheGMBland.Land forthesamehasalready been handed over.

Magdalla Port

27 | P a g e

LOCATION:

Latitude : 21o08’20“N

Longitude : 72o44’08” E

Magdallaisalighterageport.TheportissituatedonthewesterncoastofIndiain

SouthernGujarat,onthesouthernbankofriverTaptiabout16kmsupstreamthe

river.

Road&Rail Network:

Thestatehighway is2kmsawayfromtheMagdalla Port

TheNH8is15kmawayfromtheMagdalla Port.

The nearest Railway BG line is 15 kms away from the Magdalla

Port(Sachin Yard)

TheSurat railwaystationis16kmsawayfromMagdalla Port.

Anchorage:

TheDeep WaterAnchorage is15NauticalMilessouthwest fromMagdalla Port.

Marine Features:

MHWS - 8.40 m

MHWN - 7.40 m

MLWS - 1.70 m

MLWN - 0.70 m

MSL- 4.50 m

FACILITIES/EQUIPMENT:

V.T.P.M.S.

TheonlyMinorPortinthecountrytohavedeveloped itsown VesselTraffic

andPortManagement Systemforsafenavigation inthelongNavigational

channel ofRiverTapi.

28 | P a g e

VTPMSstationisroundtheclockmanned byqualified MasterMariners and

providedwith:-

RadarSystem A.I.S.WeatherStationV.H.F.

H.F.Sets. Telephone/Fax

Computers andElectronicCharts.

VTMSSystem:

Recently Gujarat Maritime Board has established VTMSsystemat Gulf of

Khambhat for monitor Ships/Vessels in VTS area which covered thearea

from Jafarabad to Khambhat. This VTMS system is operated by

knowledgeable person to supervise the activity of ships/vessels at Head

office, Gandhinagar as wellasHazira (Surat).An operatorof VTMSsystem

can communicate with all the ships which are plying in VTS area. The

operator can also communicate with all theports like Jafarabad, Pipavav,

Mahuva, Bhavnagar, Dahej, Hajira and Magdalla through this VHF

Network.

VTMS system is also equipped with meteorological and hydrological

sensors. In other words, it can provide live and real-time weather data.

The knowledge of current weather condition is very important when we

dealwithemergency situation.

VTMS systemisalsoequipped withthepastrecordandreporting system.

It can give Ship movement report, Cargo movement report, Port-wise

reportand Jettyowner's-wise report uptothecurrent dateandtime.

VTMS system in Gulf of Kutch is also operational recently and M/SMCC,

Kandla monitors the Ships/Vessels in VTS area of Gulf of Kutch. VTMS

29 | P a g e

system in Gulf of Kutch covered Mandvi, Mundra, Navlakhi, Kandla,

Jamnagar, SikkaandOkha Port.

FIREFIGHTINGSYSTEMATMAGDALLA PORT:

FirePump 1Nos.Capacity1800 LPM

FireTender 1Nos.Capacity3200 LPM

Firefighting network System:

a.Centrifugal Pump 1Nos.Capacity171Cum/hrs.

b.M.S.PipeLines 830.33 mtr.150mmdia.

c.Double headed 13Nos.

FireHydrant

d.M.S.StandPost. 13Nos.

e.HoseBox 13Nos.

d.Branch Pipe 13Nos.

e.HoseReel15m. 26Nos.

FloatingUnits:

G.B.Tug (TwinScrew) 470BHP

WorkBarge (Dumb) 100MT

Open Plots:6nos.withanareaof29644 sqm.

CraneTata-320 CrawlerMountedCrane -18.5MTcapacityandboom

length 40feets.

Weighbridge: One private weighbridge within port premises near entrance

gate.

HarbourStructures:

GMBjetties

GMBRCCJettyNo.1(GMB JettyatMagdalla Port)

30 | P a g e

GMBRCCJettyNo.2(Jettyleased toNCCLatMagdalla Port)

Captivejetties

KRIBHCO

EssarSteelLimited

EssarSponge IronJetty

RelianceIndustriesLimited

Larson &Toubro Ltd.

Gujarat AmbujaCementLtd.

Single BuoyMooringofRelianceIndustries Ltd.

PrivateShipyards

ABGShipyard Ltd.

L&TShipyard

PrivatePorts

HaziraPortPvt.Ltd.

8.0Communication networkavailable ateachstation-operator:

8.1 V.H.F. Channel maintained by Captive Jetties/Gujarat Maritime Board for

communications:

(a)GujaratMaritimeBoard, Magdalla Port,Surat Channel –16

(b)V.T.M.S., GMB,Magdalla Port Channel –16, 09

(c)M/s.RelianceIndustries Ltd,Hazira Channel –67

(d)M/s.EssarSteelLtd.,Hazira Channel –71

(e)M/s.Gujarat AmbujaCementCo.Ltd.,Channel –15

Magdalla

(f)M/s.CairnEnergy IndiaPty.Ltd.,Suvali Channel –16

(g)M/s.GlobalMarine Services,Surat Channel –16

(h)M/s.A.B.G. Shipyard Ltd.,Magdalla Channel –71

(i)M/s.Larsen &Toubro Ltd.(ECC)/ HaziraChannel –16

Contactinformation

PortOfficer

Gujarat MaritimeBoard

31 | P a g e

NearTakeoff hotel

Makaipool

Surat

PhoneNo.0261-2474825

FaxNo0261-2475645

DahejPort

Location:-

Latitude:21040’ N

Longitude: 720 32’ E

Dahej isafair-weather lighterage port,situatedatthejunctionofGuljaria

andbancreekinGujarat, ontheWestCoastofIndia.

Road&Rail Network:-

Dahej isconnectedtoBharuch(distance45Kms)andVadodara(108Kms)

by four lane road. The nearest railway station is at Bharuch by broad

gauge line.

Communication withSteamers:-

AtHighSea: ViaMumbai Shore Radio.

Anchorage:-

Anchorage is5Kms. AwayfromDahejOldPort.

Marine Features

MHWS - 8.79m

MHWN - 7.01m

MLWS - 1.39m

MLWN - 3.17m

MSL - 5.09m

32 | P a g e

Facilities/Equipment:-

Tugs, launches,barges & cranes,which is generally available from the

private parties at Old Dahej Port. The captive jetties are fitted with

cargohandling equipment.

Transit Sheds/Godowns:-

Transit Godown- 1No. 1116 Sqm

Transit sheds -4No. 1690 Sqm

Platformforstorage - 5No. 10000 Sqm

-2No. 21300 Sqm(kutcha)

Oldport

TheoldGMB jettyof100 mlength whichiscurrentlynotused forshipping.

Supplies

Water is supplied to ships by private water barges.The port is suppliedwith

electricityfromthe66KVAstationofGEB, Dahej.

MonsoonPeriod

15Mayto14September.

Captive &Private JettiesatDahej(Portbased)

DahejHarbour Infrastructure Limited. (BirlaCopper)

Gujarat ChemicalPortTerminal Company Limited.(GCPTCL)

PetronetLNG

RelianceIndustriesLimited (IPCL)

PetronetAdani

ABGShipyard Limited

Ro-RoTerminalandPortDevelopment.

33 | P a g e

The area is already developed by industries like Petronet LNG, IPCL,

GCPTCL, DHIL, Welspun. All these industries are port-based industries.

There isplanning forSEZdevelopment also.

Contactdetail:-

Portofficer,

Gujarat MaritimeBoard,

NearHotelPlaza,

StationRoad,

Bharuch, -392001

Tel:02642-241772/220377

Fax:-02642-243140

Bhavnagar Port

LOCATION:

Latitude : 21°45’N

Longitude: 72°14’E

Bhavnagarport isanall-weatherdirectberthingportforsmallervessels.Ithasa

draught of up to 4m and is located in the Gulf of Cambay on the West Coast of

India. TheportishavingaLockgatefortidaladvantage.

Road&Rail Network

The port iswellconnectedwiththeStateHighwayand BGrailwayline.Thecity

ofBhavnagarisabout 10kmsfromthenewport.Dailyairservicesareavailable

between Bhavnagar andMumbai. Nearest international airportisAhmadabad.

Communication withSteamers

34 | P a g e

Stationoperatedby thePort Authority on call sign VUJ 9during following time

(GMT)

0200 -0700 hrs.

0800 -1300 hrs.

1400 -1800 hrs.

The stationto becalledon500kcsandworkin 418kcs.Theequipmentis with

100wRFPower.

Charts

Admiralty :1035 PiramIsland toBhavnagar

Indian NavalHydrographic :2039.

Note : The Gulf of Cambay is covered under Deca Navigator System-Bombay

Chain(7-8).

Anchorage

Vessels upto12mdraught arerecommended atDWAanchorage.

Position:5.1’ x250(T)fromGogha toLighthouse.

Theholdingground,stiffmudandsandisgood,whileatanchoratDWA,duecare

mustbeexercised, especiallyduring spring tide.

Pilotage

Pilotageiscompulsory.Duenoticeforrequisitionofpilotmustbegiven48hours

in advance, owing to tidal conditions and the vessel should arrive at the Pilot

Stationapproximately twohours before highwater.

Ifthevessel isunabletoarriveatthePilotStation,two hoursbeforehighwater,

she shouldcruise around and await for instructions from thePort Authority on

VHF Radio.The VHF has been installed at Port and Port Wireless Stationon an

experimental basis. Callisonchannel -16during theday.

Marine Features

MHWS- 12.04 m

MHWS- 10.18 m

MLWS - 8.31 m

MLWS - 3.52 m

35 | P a g e

MSL - 3.04 m

Facilities /Equipments :

Porthas03tugsforpilotage/shippingoperation.01No.Patrolboatforpatrolling

ofBhavnagar-Alangsection underISPScode.Electrificationintheportareahas

beencompleted. Five high-mast towers have been installed at the port and for

emergency power supply; 75 KVA DG set is also available.

Theporthasadrydockforrepairoftugs,launchesandbarges.Theporthastwo

workshops-general workshop and running workshop. Flotilla units can be

repaired at both these workshops. The general workshop is used to carry out

repairs on flotilla units and mechanical instruments. The running workshop

takes care of the day-to-day repairs and maintenance requirements. Both

workshops have differentsizesoflathemachines, drillingmachinesandshaping

machines.Electricandgasweldingfacilities,acuttingmachine,foundryshop,etc.

are also available at the workshops.

Allthegodownsattheporthavebeenrepairedandareavailableforuse.Internal

roads of the port are being paved. Recently, the port has also been connected

with a broadgauge railway line for which GMB has requested the Railways to

continue the line as per the cargo guarantee action plan to be submittedby the

trade and the chambers of commerce.

DryDock : 1no.

Tugs : 2nos.

Barges : 1eachof250tonnes

WaterBarges : 1noof600 tonnes

Supplies

Fresh Water:Alongsidebywater pipeline. Instream bybarge.

HarbourStructures

36 | P a g e

The concrete jetty is 270m in length and 12.8 m in width. There is no swell or

currentofanykind.Hightideatconcretejettyis22minutesearlierthanthetime

givenintidetableforBhavnagar.

VesselsthataretoberthalongsidetheconcretejettymustpassthroughtheLock

Gate.Vesselsupto19.8mwidthand143.8minlengthcanpassthroughthegate,

butpermissible draught isonly4m.

TheNorthquayontheNorthofthebasinis141mlongandhasadequatebackup

andstorage area.

Commodities Handled

IMPORT:

RockPhosphate, CoalandCoke,Fertilizer,IronScrapandSulphur, Wood,Timber.

EXPORT:

OilCakes,Salt,Scrap,Onions, Clayandrapeseeds.

MonsoonPeriod

May15toSeptember 14.

Contactdetail:

ThePortOfficer,


NewPort,Bhavnagar -364005.

Tel:0278-2210221/2210558 &Fax:0278-2211026

ALANGSHIPRECYCLINGYARD

1. Started intheyear1982-83 with5shipsand0.24lakh LDT.Intheyear

2011-12, highest 415shipsand3.85 MLDThandled.2. Blessed withhightidalrange,Longbeachwithgentle slopeandfirm

ground facilitatingbeaching ofships justatthethreshold oftheplot.

3. 153plotsdeveloped on10km.longcoast.

4. Serves thesocietybyoffering employment opportunity topeople (direct:

@15,000 andIndirect:@5lakhpeople) withnetpositivesenvironmental

impacts.

TotalPlotAreaofYard-3,98,803 sqm.

37 | P a g e

5 About 50 KM from District head quarter –Bhavnagar on Bhavnagar-

VeravalNationalHighway(8E)2 Reference toAdmiraltyChart:208/1486 approx.long:2123 latt.:72113PortLimit:CoveredunderextendedportlimitofTalajaPortasperGovt.

ofGujarat Ports&Fisheries Dept NotificationDated08/09/1995 4 RoadConnection:Linked toBhavnagar-Veraval CoastelHighway byatwo

laneallweatherasphalt roadviaTrapaj (about 10KM)and alsovia.Sanodar –Kukad(about 23KM)

5 Nearest AirPort : Bhavnagar (about 55KM)6 Communication : LinkedSTD02842

CellularPhoneVHF / HF in case when control roomisinoperation.

7 Tidal information : MHWS 7.80 M. MHWN 6.30 M. MLWN 3.00 M. MLWS 1.60 M. MSL 4.70 M.

8 Plots :153 Nos.(Outofthis131Operational)

9 Infrastructural facilities & services : Service road (10 KMS) Weight

bridges, Red Cross Hospital, Police station, Post Office, Bank, TelephoneExchange, firefighting services, water supply, Street lights, communitysanitation, Mobile Hospital & Ambulance (GSBA), Light House (Govt. ofIndia),Training & Welfare institute for labour ,Weather station at GMBComplex, Helipad at Training Complex, Alang –maintained by R. & B.Department.

10 ContactDetailsPortOfficer,Gujarat maritimeBoard

Po-Alang,TalukaTalaja

38 | P a g e

Dist.Bhavnagar

Phone No.02842-235621

FaxNo.235955

JafrabadPort

LOCATION

Latitude :20o 51’56”N

Longitude :71o21’50” E

Alang is the largest ship recycling yard in the Jafrabad is an all-weather direct

berthingportforsmallocean-goingvessels.ItissituatedintheGulfofCambayon

thesouth-westcoastofSaurashtra,insidethe JafrabadCreekontheWestCoast

ofIndia.

RoadandRailnetwork

Jafrabad is connected by NH 8E at 20 kms . The broad gauge railway line is

availableatRajulawhichis22kmsawayfromtheport.NearestairportisatDiu,

whichis75kms,awayfromJafrabad.


ThereisaVHFsetinstalledinthePorthaving20to25milerange.Channelno.16

isopenduring officehours(1030 hrs. to1830hrs.) onworking days.

Charts

Admiralty :1979

Indian Naval

Hydrographic : 2034

Anchorage

Agoodanchorageinfineweathermaybeobtainedatadistanceof 2.5kmsfrom

shore, atadraftof14m.

Pilotage

39 | P a g e

Not necessary as small vessels berth directly at thenew clinker jetty. However,

localguides areprovidedonrequest.

Marine Features

MHWS - 2.88 m

MHWN - 2.20 m

MLWS - 1.50 m

MLWN - 0.90 m

Navigational Aids

There arethree navigationtowers situatedatthePort .Twotowersaresituated

at Piplikantha on northern bank for smooth berthing on the clinker jetty. The

fronttowerhasafixedredlight,whilethereartowerhasafixedwhitelight.One

tower,with a fixedred light, is situated onthewesternbank at the breakwater

end.

PortInfrastructure andFacilities:

Berthing facilities:

i) NewClinkerJettyforsmallcoastalsteamers, withaworkinglength of211m.

and4m.draft. Smallcoastalsteamers berthatthenewclinkerjettyforexport

ofClinkerandjettyforexport ofCoaland CokeonaccountofM/sNarmada

CementCo.Ltd., Jafrabad

(Subsidiary ofM/sUltraTechCement Co.Ltd.)

ii) RCCJettyforsailingvesselstraffic,withalength of45mandadraftof1m.

iii)Onefish-loading wharf forfishing activities,withalength of400mwith

suitable draught.

iv)Three landing slopes, withalength of30mand0.30 mdraft forpassenger

andsmallboats.

Cargohandling equipment:

M/sNarmada Cement Co.Ltd.,hasbeen takenoverbyM/sUltraTechCement

Co.LtdtoloadClinker through use oftheirownconveyorbeltsystem

whichhasaspeed of600MTperhour. Theydischarge coalbytheirown

cranes andtheaverage discharge isabout9,000 to10,000 MTperday.

Warehousing andstorage facilities:

There aresevengodowns available, withanarea of1,310 sq.mtrs.Theyhave

astorage capacityof2,500MT.Sufficient openspaceisavailable.

40 | P a g e

Privatebunkering andshipstores areavailable.

Supplies

Privatewatertankers areavailableforwatersupply.

HarborStructures

RCC Jetty for loading Clinkers (near Clinker Jetty): length - 211 m

permissible draft-4mLoading isdone mechanicallybyconveyorbelt.

RCCJettyforloadingsaltandmiscellaneous cargo: length-45m

Slopeforcargovessel:length -30m

Fish-landing wharf: length-450m

Commodities Handled

Import:

Coal,Coke

Export:

Clinker,Salt

MonsoonPeriod


ContactDetail :

ThePortOfficer,


Jafrabad -365540.

Tel:(O)02794-245165

Telefax: 02794-245165

E-mail:[email protected]

VeravalPort

LOCATION:

Latitude : 20° 54'N

41 | P a g e

Longitude :70° 22'E

Veraval isafairweatherlighterageport.Itissituatedinthesouth-westcoastof

Saurashtra ontheWestCoastofIndia.

RoadandRailNetwork

VeravalportisconnectedwithAhmedabadbyroadandbroadgaugerailwayline.

Connected toNationalhighway 8E.


AtHighSea :ViaBombayShip Shore Radio,Telephonic Service.

AtAnchorage :By VHF/Through Messenger Ch.16 for call. For working,

Ch.11,12,14.

Charts

Admiralty : 1321 &1470

Indian NavalHydrographic : 2054

Anchorage

Anchorage is about 1.5 kms offshore.At anchorage, three vessels can work at a

timeandasmallcoasteratberthwith3mdraft.

Pilotage

Pilotageisnotcompulsory, asapproaches areclosefromtheopensea.

Marine Features

MHWS - 2.10 m

MHWN- 1.80 m

MLWS - 1.10 m

MLWN - 0.56 m

MSL - 1.30 m

Navigational Aids

VeravalLighthouse :Latitude :20° 54'6"N

42 | P a g e

Longitude :70° 21'5"E

Bhidia Beacon Latitude:20° 53'8"N

Longitude :70° 22'9"E

Facilities /Equipment:

Grab Dredger ofBhavnagar.

ColesCrane: ranging from12.5 to16toncapacity,(Mobile) -3nos.

Supplies

Fresh water/ship storescanbesupplied byprivateparties.

HarbourStructures

Western Breakwater - 334m

Eastern Breakwater - 440m

Berthing Quay5nos. - 500m

Fish-Landing Wharf

Finger Jetties-5nos. -100 mLength (Each).

Commodities Handled

Mainlyfishing activitiesperformed and foodgrain isalsohandled.

MonsoonPeriod


Contactdetail:

ThePortOfficer,


VeravalPort,Veraval-362265

Tel:(02876)220001/221139

Fax: (02876) 243138/221073


Porbandar Port

LOCATION:

43 | P a g e

Latitude : 2138’N

Longitude : 6937’E

Porbandar isanall-weatherport,withdirectberthing facilities.Itissituatedon

theWestCoastofSaurashtra facingtheArabianSea.

Road&Rail Network

Porbandar isconnected totherestofthecountrybybroad gauge railway. Itis

connected toRajkotbyroadand fromtherebyNationalHighway.


VHFChannel : 16

Watch-keeping hours : 0800 to2000hrs. IST

Charts

Admiralty : 1321

Indian NavalHydrographic : 204and205

Anchorage

Anchorage isabout 2kmsoffshore, south-West ofbreak water,withgood holding

ground andadepthof10to12metersatanchorage, twosteamers canoperate at

atime.Anchorage closedduring monsoon period due toheavyswellandwind.

Itisadvised thatvessel toremain5N.M.SWofbrakwater.Afterberthing

programmed fixedvessel toapproach asperagent /portauthorityadvises.

Pilotage:

Pilotageiscompulsory.

Avesselawaiting pilotshouldanchorsouth-west ofthebreakwater end, about1

nauticalmileaway, where amplewaterandgoodholdingground isavailable.

Onlydaylightnavigation isavailable.

Navigational Aids

44 | P a g e

Frontandreartransitmarksforberthing atdeep water berths.

Facilities /Equipment :

Tugs - 2nos.

Launches - 2nos.

Godown Facilities-2,41,173 Sq.Mtrs.

HarbourStructures.

Wharfforsteamers: length 385meters (235 mtrGMBwharfand150mtrprivatejetties)withpermissible draught upto9.8meters.

Aquaywall:2,128 meters inlength forlighters. Finger jettyalong thebreakwater oflength100metersforlighterage. Blockmasonry wharfwall:91meters inlength. Bulkcargowharf: 225metersinlength. CoastGuard jettyof175 meters inlength. Saurashtra Cementjettyof150meters inlength.

Commodities Handled.

IMPORT :

Coal,LPGandWetdates

EXPORT:

Salt,Cement/Clinker, ClayBauxite,Onion, Rawcotton,SodaAsh.

MonsoonPeriod.

May15toSeptember 15.Nolighterage workiscarriedoutduring monsoon

period.

PRIVATEINITIATIVES:

Eastern breakwater facilities. M/s.Saurashtra Cement Ltd.,has constructeda150mtr.Long jetty

adjoiningGMBwharf. Operation commenced fromNovember2000.

Contactdetail :

ThePortOfficer,


45 | P a g e

Wagheshwari Plot,

Nr.Jadeja Hospital,

Porbandar –360575

Tel:0286-2242408/2242404

Fax:0286-2244013/2253664

e-mail:[email protected]

BediGroupofPorts

LOCATION:

Longitude :70°-02’ E

Latitude:22°-33’ N

BediPortisanall-weathertidallighterage facility locatedonthesoutherncoast

oftheGulf ofKutch.395nauticalmilesnorth-westof Mumbai,35nauticalmiles

south of Kandla and 50 nautical miles east of Okha Port. It is classified as an

intermediate port.

RoadandRailNetwork

BediisconnectedbybroadgaugerailwaylineswiththerestofIndia.Thenearest

broad gauge railway station is Jamnagar, which is 7 kms away from Bedi. A

railway siding is available at 2kms. from Bedi Port. It is connected to National

HighwayfromRajkot.

Thebroadgauge lineistobeextended uptoRoziPier.


A round-the-clock Control Room has been established with VHF facility. The

callingchannelis16andtheotherworkingchannelsare11,12and14forshipto

shore communication. There is a post office 2km away from the port and the

telegraph,officeisinJamnagarcity.Telephone/faxfacilitiesare providedatthe

port.

The,VHF set isfunctionalonfrequency6221.6Khzduringdayand4143.60Khz

during night.

Charts:

Admiralty : 43and1779

46 | P a g e

Indian NavalHydrographic :2027

Anchorage

Theanchorageis6NMawayfromBediport,about4NMfromNewBediportand

2.5 NM from New Rozi Pier site. It can accommodate 17 ships at a time in the

designated anchorage area.

Approachtoanchorageisthroughachannelwhichis9.5kms.Itdriesupatmost

oftheplacesduringlowwaters.LightersmovefromthePorttoanchorageduring

high tide hours. The sailing time for lighters is about 2 hours from Port to

anchorage.

TotalDraught

The maximum draught at Bedi anchorage is 16meters, but vessels of up to 30

meters canalsoanchorwithintheport limits.

Pilotage:

Pilotage is not compulsory. However,services are rendered by pilots whenever

required.

Marine Features

H.H.W.O.S.T. 06.19 m

H.W.O.S.T. 05.49 m

H.W.O.N.T. 04.27 m

L.W.O.N.T. 01.22 m

L.W.O.S.T. 00.59 m

Duetotidalrestrictions, theworkinghours pertideforbarges areasunder:

(1) Bedi port :2to3hrs

(2) Newport :3hrs

(3) RoziPier :Round theclock

Navigational Aids

PirotonLightHouse,withRacon

KalvanLightHouse

tormsignal isavailabledayandnight atthenewportwhen required

Facilities andEquipments

47 | P a g e

Bedi Port has a well-organised store to supply materials required for

mechanical works,trafficworks,civilworksetc.

TransitShed/Godown-

9500 sqmofTransitsheds/Godowns (covered) atBediportand4870 sqmatNewPortareavailable.

coveredstorage godowns ofabout 9,570 sqmareaatBedi Port&27nos. ofgodowns about14,290 sqmareaareavailableatNewPort.

AtBedi Port16stackingplatforms areavailable.

Tugs:-

Tugs uptoandabove404bhp :2

Tugs below360bhp : 2 Tugof1,600bhp : 1 Speed boat(Under ISPS) : 1

DryDock

Forrepairsofport launches,tugs,bargesetc.BediPorthassmalldrydockwhich

can accommodate 4port crafts at a timeup to 2m draft. In addition for urgent

repairs the Port has grid iron facilities and well equipped marine workshop for

mechanical repairs including vehiclesfacility.

Dredging works:-

Maintenance dredging requirement is attended by the available dredgers with

capacity of 85 cum per hrs. Currently, the port has one Excavator (Hitachi)

Pontoonmounteddredger and twohopper barges.

Electrical power:-

HTand LTpower asper requirement isavailableatRoziandBedi port.

The port area is fully illuminatedby sufficient streetlightsand high mast tower

lights.Allgodowns arealsoelectrified.

Cranes

The import cargo is handled mechanically with the port’s mobile crane and

private excavator cranes of New Rozi port-with 4 mobile cranes each of 12.5

tonnes capacityprovidedatthewharf forready use.

48 | P a g e

HarbourStructures

Total2250 mlongwharf forberthing isavailable atBediPort.

380mlongwharf forberthing isavailableatnewport.

Shakticlearing hasbuiltandoperating 90mwharfatNewport.

At Rozi pier port site total 400 m longRCC jetty and100m longgravity

walltypewharfwithrequired backupareaisavailable.

Outoftotal400mRCC jettyatRozipier,100misallottedtoM/s.J.M.Baxi

& Co., 50 m allotted to M/s.Shantilal Multiport Infrastrucutre and 250 m

allottedtoM/SCWCL, Mumbai.100mwharfwall isallottedtoM/s.Ruchi

Infrastructure.

12.Details ofDisaster Mitigation Equipment

SUB-PORTS OFBEDIGROUPOFPORTS

1. Sikka

2. Salaya

3. Jodia

4. Pindhara

5. Sachana Shipbreaking Yard

SIKKAPORT

A captive jetty for GSFC liquid cargo is in operation. There is facility of

discharging Import Cargo Liquid Ammonia and Phosphoric Acid through

pipeline. It is meant for berthing/de-berthing of ships by day tide only and it is

compulsory to have port pilot for piloting theship to inward andoutward. The

GSFC Jetty is at present accommodating vessel up to 8 mtrs. draught and 165

mtrs.LOAandvesselsoflargerlengthanddraughtcanalsobeaccommodatedon

acase-to-casebasis.TheJettypositionis22deg.–27’19NandLong.69deg.–47

534E.

AtSikka,M/s.ReliancePetroleumLtd.hasconstructedanOilRefinery.Theyhave

developedportfacilitiesbyconstructingRo-Ro&Lo-LoJettiesforthepurposeof

handling various project cargo required for the same. They have also created

49 | P a g e

facilitiesforCrudeOiltheyhaveputtotal5-SPM.Theyalsoconstructed4-Tanker

Berthshaving directberthing facilitiesfortheircaptiveuse.

Shree Digvijay Cement Co. is handled cement/clinker/coal vessels from their

owncaptiveberthatSikka.

The salt vessels of Singach salt works are handled through their captive wharf

locatedatSingach.

Commodities Handled atSikkaPort

Import

Phosphoric acid,ammonia, coal, machinery,propylene, naphtha,LPG,crude oil,

fueloil,bitumen, CUmix,waxyresidue.

Export

Cement, clinker, machinery, propylene, naphtha, paraxylene, HSD, petrol,

orthoxylene, LPG,benzyne, salf,vacuumgas oil.

SALAYA PORT

Salaya is sub port of Bedi Group of Ports. There is traffic of almost of sailing

vesselsonly.Theshipbuildingindustriesforsailingvesselarethemajoractivity

atSalayaport.

JODIAPORT

Jodia is a sub port of Bedi Group of ports.Previously, it was famous for foreign

tradeofcountrycrafts.

Theproposal forshipbuilding industry areunder consideration.

SACHANAYARD

Sachanaisashiprecyclingyard,total15nos.ofplotsaredevelopedbyGMBwith

required basicfacilities.

Contactdetail:

ThePortOfficer

GUJARATMARITIMEBOARD

50 | P a g e

BediGroupofPorts

SaruSectionRoad,

Jamnagar –361009

Tel:(0288) 2711806/2711805/2755207/2712307,

Fax:(0288) 27112815


Navlakhi Port

The Navlakhi Port was constructed early by state of Morbi and various

infrastructuresweredevelopedduring4thdecadeof19thcentury.Navlakhiisall

weather lighter age intermediate port on the North West coast of Gujarat and

situated at junction of Sui and Vershamedi creek in Gulf of Kutch. The port is

about50kmfromMorbiand is100kmfromRajkot.

LOCATION:

Latitude : 22° 58'25"N

Longitude : 70° 27'24"E

Navlakhi is anall-weather lighterage working port locatedat inner position of

GulfofKutchonthewestcoastofIndia.

RoadandRailNetwork

Theportiswellconnectedwithstatehighway.TheNationalhighway8Ais55km

from the port at Maliya. The port is connectedwith Railway (BG). The nearest

airportisRajkot.


AtHighSea ViaKandla CoastalWirelessStation-Roundtheclockoperation.

AtAnchorage through messenger andVHFwithPortOfficer

Charts

Admiralty :43

51 | P a g e


Anchorage

TheOuteranchorageissituatedat25nauticalmilefromport nearTuna bouyat

Lat: 22 48.2’ N Long:70 10.6’E for draft up to 12m and at Lat 22 50.3’ N and

Long7010.6’Efor draftmorethan 12m.Theinneranchorageis @ 5.5 nautical

miles from the port situated at Lat.22 55.43’N Long 70 22. 86’ E andavailable

draftismorethan 12m.

Pilotage

Pilotage is not compulsory at thePort up to a draft of 9m. for a draft of more

than9m.pilotguideisnecessary,fromTunaBuoyuptotheanchorage,forwhich

advance intimationof24hoursisnecessary.

Marine Features

MHWS -7.20 m

MHWN - 6.20 m

MLWS- 0.80 m

MLWN - 2.10 m

MSL - 4.20 m

Navigational Aids

PilotStation: Tuna Buoy

Navigational aid available at outer Tuna Buoy —17.5 nautical miles from

Navlakhi. The Navlakhi Port limit starts only from Buoy No. 5, installed in

Hansthal Creek(Buoys arepresently missing).


Tugsandlaunches: PilotLaunch M.L.Gitanjali:- 2x290=580 BHP(Canbefloatedonlyinhighwater)

PilotLaunch M.L.Ratnakar:- 2x202=404 BHP(Notinstateofreadiness)

Privatebargesarearrangedbyportuserthatenableshandlingof 10,000

to15,000 metrictonnes ofcargoperday.

Storage Facilities

Open plotsaround: 160000 sqm.

Coveredgodowns areavailable.

52 | P a g e

Storage(Covered):

Totalcoveredstorage area 4920 sqm.

OpenPlotsasperNewPlanning

Versamedi Side96,600 sqm. SuiSide63400 sqm.

Totalarea forstaking :160000 sqm

Electrification

LightMasttower18mhigh - 25Nos.

LightPole5mhigh - 5Nos.

Weighment Fecility

BGRailwayslowmotionweigh Bridge

100MTCapacityweighment weigh Bridge

VTMS-Facilities.( VesselTrafficManagement System)

24x7availableinPortforthetrafficMovement

As VTMS is manned 24x 7, therefore VTMS is the primary control room for all

reportingpurposes and maintaining log’s etc .VTMSManager is responsible for

daily reporting required data to GMB Gandhinagar control room and

coordination withotheragencies likeIMDetc.

During any cyclone/depressiondeveloping and moving towards nearby area

oranyothernaturalcalamity/disaster,thaninadditionsecondarycontrolroom

needs tobemanned atMorviPortOffice24x7hours.

Responsibility willbeofAssistant PortOfficerandXEN(C).

ContactDetailsofVTMSNavlakhi–

53 | P a g e

Landline Number–02829-294636

Emailaddress- [email protected]

VTMS Manager – Captain Kapoor Mobile Number -7874050276 /

7600193408

VTMSSupervisor –

1. Prakash Patel Mobile No.9712368510

2. Dakshina Moorthy Mobile No.9427954048

3. SCKSharma Mobile No.9431416003

4. Animesh Biwas Mobile No.9173861954

Watersupply

Toprovidepotablewatertoportanduserswatersupplyfacilitiesisprovidedby

GMB.

HarborStructures

R.C.C.Jettyof163mlong&25mwidthhaving depth ofwater

availableas4.5mandcapacityofjettytoreceivedupto3000DWT

capacityvessels.

Deep waterlighterprivatewharfof76.5 m.

Deep waterlighterageprivatepiled-jettyof102m.atVershmedi Side

Deep waterlighterage privatewharfof92monSuiside.

Privatesilodeveloped forcement productonSuiside.

Commodities Handled

IMPORT:

Coal&Coke,

EXPORT:

Salt.

MonsoonPeriod


54 | P a g e

Private Initiatives

Piled jetty of 102m on Sui creek in length was developed by M/s United

Shippers Ltd.

A lighter wharf of 76.5 m.on Sui Creek has been allotted to M/s Jaydeep

AssociatesLtd. andisoperational.

A lighterage private wharf of 92 m on Sui side was developed by M/s

Shreeji Shiping.

Siloconstruction isunder progress forcementproductbyM/sSanghi

CementLtd.

Contactdetail:

1. ThePortOfficer, GujaratMaritimeBoard, NavlakhiPort,

NavlakhiNiKacheri,Chargodown area, Morbi.

Tel:02822-220 435/227304 Fax:02822-232 470/234465

2. Contact Details of VTMS Navlakhi – VTMS Navlakhi Land line No.02829-294636 Capt. Kapoor (M):-7600193408 / 7874050276 Email:- [email protected]

3. Secondary Control Room is Port Office Navlakhi, contact details is as follows- Secondary Control Room contact details – GMB Morbi Control Room Landline No;-02822-227304 Shri R N Chaudary (M) 909953205 Shri P A Patel (M) 9909962907 Email:[email protected]

55 | P a g e

OkhaPort

LOCATION:

Latitude :22° 28'N

Longitude : 60° 05'E

Okha is an all-weather port with direct berthing facilities. It is situated on the

north-west coast of Saurashtra Peninsula, at the mouth of the Gulf of Kutch on

thewestcoastofIndia.

Road&Rail Network

Okha is connected to the rest of India by broad gauge railway system. It is

connected by road to Jamnagar/Porbandar and then by National Highway.

Nearest airportisJamnagar, whichis175kmsaway.


AtAnchorage :ByVHFWorkingFrequency, Channel 10,1,14,16(Calling only).

Charts

Indian NavalHydrographic : 2013 and2031.

Anchorage

Anchorage is 2.4 kms. off shore. Two dry cargopiers: Sayaji Pier (180mtr)and

thedrycargoberth(146mtr)areoperational.Vesselupto8mtrsdraughtcanbe

berthatthisport.

Pilotage

Pilotageiscompulsory.

Marine Features

56 | P a g e

MHWS - 3.50 m

MLWN - 0.40 m

MHWN - 3.00 m

MSL - 2.00 m

MLWS - 1.20 m

Navigational Aids

Twobuoysabout360mfromshore inchannel.


1.Tug-2no. 1,600BHP.

2.Barges -Privatebarges areavailable(noportbarges)

3.Launch -1no.passenger launch 470BHP

4.Cranes -1nos. of12.5 tonnes.

5.Warehousing &Storage facilities-16Godowns &Twoopensheds.

6.StackingAreais50,000 sqm.

Supplies

1)Fresh Water: Limitedsupply byprivatebarges.

2)FuelOil :Available.

HarbourStructures

1)SayajiPier:

Totallength 180m

Width 20m

Approach 114 m

Berthing capacity 2- vessels at a time, one onthe easternand the other

onthewestern side

Draft 8m

2)DCBpier :

Totallength 145m

Width 14m

Approach 216 m

Berthing capacity 2-vesselsatatime,oneontheeasternandtheotheron

thewestern side

57 | P a g e

Draft 4m

3)NewLighter Wharf:

Length 100m

Commodities Handled

IMPORT:

Coke,Coal,Wheat, Sulphur, Fertilizer

EXPORT:

CalciumBauxite, Onion, Clinker,RawBauxite, Chemicals,

Soda Ash

MonsoonPeriod


Contactdetail:

ThePortOfficer,


OkhaPort,

Okha-361350

Tel:02892-262001-02/262109,

Fax:02892-262002

Mandvi Port

LOCATION:


Longitude: 69° 21'E

Mandvi is a fair weather lighterage Port. It is situatedonthe right bankof the

riverRukmavati intheGulfofKutchontheWestCoastofIndia.

Road&Rail Network

58 | P a g e

Mandviportis60km. awayfrom BhujRailwayStationandwellconnected with

thecoastalhighway.


AtHighSea : ViaKandlaCoastalWirelessStation.

Operates : Round-the-clock. AtAnchorage :Through VHF

Charts

Admiralty:43and39


Anchorage

Itisafairweather,lighterageintermediateanchorageport.Thereisnoprovision

for berthing ships alongside jetty due to its tidal condition. The Anchor point is

about 2 nauticalmiles (l n m = 1.852 k. m.) southwardof Albert Edward break

water.Depth ofwateravailableatAnchorage isabout10mtrs.

Marine Features

HHW -4.80 m

MHWW -4.06 m

MLHW -3.65 m

MHLW -1.66 m

MSL -2.59 m

MLLW -1.00 m

Commodities Handled

IMPORT:

Fertilizers,Building materials,General Cargo

EXPORT:

Clay,Bentonite, CottonSeeds, Salt,OilSeeds, General Cargo

HarbourStructures

Awharfwallof245mtrs.inlengthisavailable,wheresailingvesselsandlighters

load and discharge. Sailing vessel and lighters can work directly during high

tides.

Supplies

59 | P a g e

Watersupplyisavailable.

MonsoonPeriod

May15toSeptember 14

Contactdetail:

ThePortOfficer,

Gujarat MaritimeBoard

MandviPort

Mandvi-Kutch-370465

Tel:(02834) 223033/222633, Fax: (02834) 230033

MUNDRA PORT(OLD)

Location:

Latitude : 22° 45'48”N

Longitude : 69° 42'24”E

Mundra is a fair weather lighterage Port situated in Bocha Creek in the Gulf of

KutchontheWestCoastofIndia.

Road&Rail Network

Mundra isconnected toGandhidham byroadandthenbyNationalHighway. A

broadgauge railwaylineisavailable fromGandhidham toAdaniPort(Mundra).

Nearest airportsareKandla andBhujwhichis70kmsawayfromtheport.


AtHighSea :ViaKandla CoastalWireless Station

CallSign :VVKRange—800Kms

Operates :Round-the-clock

AtAnchorage: PortVHF

Charts

Admiralty : 43


60 | P a g e

Anchorage

Anchorageis2.0nauticalmilesfromtheport.Cargofromlargeshipishandledat

anchorage. The small ships and wooden sailing vessels are normally brought

alongside thejettyandtraffic ishandled manuallyorwiththehelpofcranes etc.

Marine Features

HHW —6.15 m

MHHW —5.54 m

MLHW —4.96 m

MHLW —1.98 m

MLLW —1.22 m

MSL —3.42 m

Navigational Aids:

The Navinar Light House is about one km. away from the port. Its geographical

locationisreferredas Latitude 22–44’–4”Nand Longitude 69–42’–8”E.At

Mundra port Red intermittent light is available for Navigation. The anchorage

point isabout 2.00 NMfromtheport.


Tug is provided from M andvi Port as and when requir ed o n

request from shippers.

Godown facilitiesofabout 1490 sq. mtrs are available.

Jetties &wharfs forlighters and barges —2mtrs. depth

Saltloading jettyfor(small) coastal vessels.

Godown facilitiesofabout 2400 sq. mtrs are available.

Port is fully electrified and traf fic can be handled duri ng ni ght

hoursal so. Fresh waterisalsoavailablefo rwork ers as wellas for

ships.

Commodities Handled

IMPORT:

Salt, Bento nite, Po wder , Fr esh Fr uits, Onio ns, Mica , Ani mal feed,

Potatoes , Drygrass ,Roofi ngtiles, Wheat br an,F enugreek, Hydroc hloric

Acid,Deep Type and Wash Basin, Groundnuts etc.

61 | P a g e

EXPORT:

Timber logs,waste Rubber Tyres,waste Paper,waste oil, Scrap, DAP Fertilizer,

wasteBattery, WetDates, DryDates.

MonsoonPeriod


HarbourStructure

M/s. Ashapura Minechem Ltd. has constructed private RCC Jetty of 60 meter

length atMundra Port.Thiswharfhas commenced cargooperations.

CONTACTDETAIL:

Headquarters : Local:

ThePortOfficer, TrafficInspector

GUJARAT MARITIME BOARD,

GUJARAT MARITIME BOARD

Mandvi-370465 Mundra Port,Mundra (Kutch)

Tel:02834-223033 Tel:02838-222136

Fax:02834-230033

JakhauPort

LOCATION:


Longitude: 68° 35'E

Jakhau is a fair-weather lighterage port situated in Godia Creek, in the Gulf of

KutchonthewestcoastofIndia.

Road&Rail Network

Jakhau is about 120 km from Bhuj, and the nearest railway station is Naliya,

which is 28km from Jakhau Port.The port is situatedabout 12km away from

Jakhau village.Theport isconnectedwithJakhau villagebyroad.

JakhauportiswellconnectedwithStateHighwayN.H.8Ais27kmfromtheport.

Nearest airportisBhujatadistance of120km.

62 | P a g e


AtHighSea :ViaKandlaCoastalWirelessStation.

CallSign : VVK.Range —800Kms.

Operates : Round-the-clock.

Anchorage :Through Messenger.

Charts

Admiralty : 826

Indian NavalHydrographic : 2005

Anchorage

The anchor point for this port is about 7.5 nautical miles south west of the

entrancetoGodiaCreek.Thecargoishandledinsteameratanchorpoint.Fishing

boatsandsmallcrafts/vessels cancomealongsidejettyduring hightide.

Marine Features

HHW- 4.90 m

MHHW- 2.90 m

MLHW - 2.65 m

Commodities Handled

EXPORT:

SaltandClinker.

HarbourStructures

Total 1260m wharf and relevant infrastructure is developed for exclusively

fisheryharborandmajorfishingactivitiesareperformed.Thetotalbackuparea

isabout 3,10,000 sq.mtrs

100m long old existing jetty was restored by M/s Goodearth for their salt

product.

MonsoonPeriod


Contactdetail:

Headquarter:

63 | P a g e

ThePortOfficer,Gujarat MaritimeBoard, Mandvi-370465

Tel:(02834) 223033, Fax:(02834) 230033 Local:TrafficInspector,

Gujarat MaritimeBoard, Jakhau Port,Jakhau –kutch–370421.

Tel:(02831) 28723

ANNEXURE-V

GREENBELT LAYOUT

ANNEXURE - VI

CERTIFICATES OF

NABET & NABL

M/S. GUJARAT MARITIME BOARD

Documents

Transcript of M/S. GUJARAT MARITIME BOARD